Document:

Exhibit 4.19

  
 Exhibit 4.19 
 COMPAGNIE GÉNÉRALE DE
GÉOPHYSIQUE—VERITAS 
 AND 
 GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2021 

 
  

INDENTURE 

Dated as of May 31, 2011 
  

 
  

 
  

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON 
 Trustee 
  

 
  

 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

					
	 Trust Indenture
 Act Section
	  	Indenture
Section	 
	 310(a)(1)
	  	 	7.10	  
	  (a)(2)
	  	 	7.10	  
	  (a)(3)
	  	 	N/A	  
	  (a)(4)
	  	 	N/A	  
	  (a)(5)
	  	 	7.10	  
	  (b)
	  	 	7.10	  
	  (c)
	  	 	N/A	  
	 311(a)
	  	 	7.11	  
	  (b)
	  	 	7.11	  
	  (c)
	  	 	N/A	  
	 312(a)
	  	 	2.05	  
	  (b)
	  	 	11.03	  
	  (c)
	  	 	11.03	  
	 313(a)
	  	 	7.06	  
	  (b)(1)
	  	 	7.06	  
	  (b)(2)
	  	 	7.06, 7.07	  
	  (c)
	  	 	7.06, 11.02	  
	  (d)
	  	 	7.06	  
	 314(a)
	  	 	4.03, 4.04, 11.02	  
	  (b)
	  	 	N/A	  
	  (c)(1)
	  	 	11.04	  
	  (c)(2)
	  	 	11.04	  
	  (c)(3)
	  	 	N/A	  
	  (d)
	  	 	N/A	  
	  (e)
	  	 	11.05	  
	  (f)
	  	 	N/A	  
	 315(a)
	  	 	7.01	  
	  (b)
	  	 	7.05, 11.02	  
	  (c)
	  	 	7.01	  
	  (d)
	  	 	7.01	  
	  (e)
	  	 	6.11	  
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	 	2.09	  
	  (a)(1)(A)
	  	 	6.05	  
	  (a)(1)(B)
	  	 	6.04	  
	  (a)(2)
	  	 	N/A	  
	  (b)
	  	 	6.07	  
	  (c)
	  	 	2.12	  
	 317(a)(1)
	  	 	6.08	  
	  (a)(2)
	  	 	6.09	  
	  (b)
	  	 	2.04	  
	 318(a)
	  	 	11.01	  
	  (b)
	  	 	N/A	  
	  (c)
	  	 	11.01	  

  
  

N/A means not applicable. 

	*This	Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.01. DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.02. OTHER DEFINITIONS
	  	 	22	  
	 SECTION 1.03. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST
INDENTURE ACT
	  	 	23	  
	 SECTION 1.04. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION
	  	 	23	  
		
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	24	  
	 SECTION 2.01. FORM AND DATING
	  	 	24	  
	 SECTION 2.02. EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION
	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 2.03. REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT
	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 2.04. PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY
IN TRUST
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 2.05. HOLDER LISTS
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 2.06. TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 2.07. REPLACEMENT NOTES
	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 2.08. OUTSTANDING NOTES
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 2.09. TREASURY NOTES
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 2.10. TEMPORARY NOTES
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 2.11. CANCELLATION
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 2.12. DEFAULTED INTEREST
	  	 	37	  
		
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 3.01. NOTICES TO TRUSTEE
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 3.02. SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE
REDEEMED
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 3.03. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 3.04. EFFECT OF NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 3.05. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 3.06. NOTES REDEEMED IN PART
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 3.07. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 3.08. MANDATORY REDEMPTION
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 3.09. OFFER TO PURCHASE BY APPLICATION
OF EXCESS PROCEEDS
	  	 	41	  
		
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 4.01. PAYMENT OF NOTES
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 4.02. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR
AGENCY
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 4.03. REPORTS
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 4.04. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
	  	 	46	  

  
 i 

					
	 SECTION 4.05. TAXES
	  	 	46	  
	 SECTION 4.06. STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY
LAWS
	  	 	46	  
	 SECTION 4.07. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 4.08. DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS
AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 4.09. INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE
OF DISQUALIFIED STOCK
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 4.10. ASSET SALES
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 4.11. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 4.12. LIENS
	  	 	56	  
	 SECTION 4.13. GUARANTEES OF COMPANY INDEBTEDNESS BY
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 4.14. CORPORATE EXISTENCE
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 4.15. OFFER TO PURCHASE UPON CHANGE
OF CONTROL
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 4.16. ISSUANCES AND SALES OF CAPITAL
STOCK OF RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 4.17. SALE-AND-LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 4.18. NO INDUCEMENTS
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 4.19. ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 4.20. ENFORCEABILITY OF JUDGMENTS; INDEMNIFICATION
FOR FOREIGN CURRENCY JUDGMENTS
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 4.21. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 4.22. ANTI LAYERING
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 4.23. EFFECTIVENESS OF COVENANTS AND EVENTS
OF DEFAULT
	  	 	63	  
		
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 5.01. SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED
	  	 	64	  
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.01. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.02. ACCELERATION
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 6.03. OTHER REMEDIES
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 6.04. WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 6.05. CONTROL BY MAJORITY
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 6.06. LIMITATION ON SUITS
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 6.07. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES
TO RECEIVE PAYMENT
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 6.08. COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 6.09. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF
CLAIM
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 6.10. PRIORITIES
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 6.11. UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS
	  	 	70	  
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	70	  

  
 ii 

							
	 SECTION 7.01. DUTIES OF TRUSTEE
	  	70	  
	 SECTION 7.02. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE
	  	72	  
	 SECTION 7.03. INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE
	  	73	  
	 SECTION 7.04. TRUSTEE’S DISCLAIMER
	  	73	  
	 SECTION 7.05. NOTICE OF DEFAULTS
	  	73	  
	 SECTION 7.06. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS
OF THE NOTES
	  	73	  
	 SECTION 7.07. COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY
	  	74	  
	 SECTION 7.08. REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE
	  	75	  
	 SECTION 7.09. SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER,
ETC
	  	76	  
	 SECTION 7.10. ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION
	  	76	  
	 SECTION 7.11. PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS
AGAINST COMPANY
	  	76	  
	 SECTION 7.12. FORCE MAJEURE; CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES
	  	 	76	  
		
	 ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE; SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 8.01. OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL
DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 8.02. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND
DISCHARGE
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 8.03. COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 8.04. CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR
COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 8.05. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 8.06. DEPOSITED MONEY AND U.S. GOVERNMENT
SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST; OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 8.07. REPAYMENT TO COMPANY
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 8.08. REINSTATEMENT
	  	 	82	  
		
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 9.01. WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS
OF NOTES
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 9.02. WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF
NOTES
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 9.03. COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE
ACT
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 9.04. REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF
CONSENTS
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 9.05. NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF
NOTES
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 9.06. TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS,
ETC
	  	 	85	  
		
	 ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES OF NOTES
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 10.01. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 10.02. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE
	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 10.03. GUARANTORS MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC.,
ON CERTAIN TERMS
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 10.04. RELEASES OF GUARANTEES
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 10.05. RELEASES FOLLOWING SALE OF
ASSETS
	  	 	89	  

  
 iii

					
	 SECTION 10.06. RELEASES FOLLOWING DESIGNATION AS AN
UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY, ETC
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 10.07. LIMITATION ON GUARANTOR LIABILITY
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 10.08. “TRUSTEE” TO INCLUDE PAYING
AGENT
	  	 	90	  
		
	 ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 11.01. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 11.02. NOTICES
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 11.03. COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF NOTES
WITH OTHER HOLDERS OF NOTES
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 11.04. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 11.05. STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR
OPINION
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 11.06. RULES BY TRUSTEE AND
AGENTS
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 11.07. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDERS
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 11.08. GOVERNING LAW
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 11.09. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER
AGREEMENTS
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 11.10. SUCCESSORS
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 11.11. SEVERABILITY
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 11.12. COUNTERPART ORIGINALS
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 11.13. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS,
ETC
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 11.14. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SUBMISSION TO
PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	  	 	94	  

  
 iv 

 EXHIBITS AND ANNEXES 

 

							
	 EXHIBIT A
	 	Form of Note	  	 	A-1	  
			
	 EXHIBIT B-1
	 	Form of Certificate for Transfer of Beneficial Interest from Rule 144A Global Note or IAI Global Note to Regulation S Global Note	  	 	B-1-1	  
			
	 EXHIBIT B-2
	 	Form of Certificate for Transfer of Beneficial Interest from Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or IAI Global Note	  	 	B-2-1	  
			
	 EXHIBIT B-3
	 	Form of Certificate for Exchange or Registration of Transfer of Definitive Notes	  	 	B-3-1	  
			
	 EXHIBIT C
	 	Form of Certificate to be Delivered by Institutional Accredited Investors	  	 	C-1	  
			
	 EXHIBIT D
	 	Form of Notation of Subsidiary Guarantee	  	 	D-1	  
			
	 EXHIBIT E
	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture	  	 	E-1	  

  
 v 

 This Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2011 is among Compagnie Générale de
Géophysique—Veritas, a société anonyme incorporated in France and registered at the Paris Commercial Registry under Number 969 202 241 (the “Company”), any Guarantors (as hereinafter defined) party
hereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 RECITAL: 

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) the
6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Original
Notes”), (b) the 6 1/2% Exchange
Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Original Notes, the “Notes”), without preference of one series of Notes over the other. 

ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01. DEFINITIONS. 
 “Acquired
Indebtedness” means with respect to a specified Person (a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified Person or (b) Indebtedness
relating to properties or assets acquired by such specified Person. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to be incurred on the date the acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or the date of the related acquisition of properties or assets
from such Person. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this Indenture, “control”, as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting
Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this Indenture, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of: 
 (a) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; and 
 (b) the excess of (1) the
present value at such redemption date of (A) the redemption price of the Note at June 1, 2016 (such redemption price being set forth in the 

  

 table appearing in Section 3.07(b) of this Indenture) plus (B) all required interest payments due
on the Note during the period from such redemption date through June 1, 2016 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points over (2) the
principal amount of the Note, if greater. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or
exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (a) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition (a “disposition”) of any properties or assets (including, without limitation, by way of a sale-and-leaseback), excluding dispositions in the ordinary course of business (provided that the disposition of all or substantially all
of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be subject to Sections 4.15 and 6.01(f) of this Indenture and not to provisions of Section 4.10 hereof), 

(b) the issue or sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries,
and 
 (c) any Event of Loss, 
 whether, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c), in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, provided that such transaction or series of related transactions (i) involves
properties or assets having a fair market value in excess of €2,500,000, or (ii) results in the payment of net proceeds (including insurance proceeds from an Event of Loss) in excess of €2,500,000. 

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this definition, the following transactions will be deemed not to be Asset Sales: 

(A) a disposition of obsolete or excess equipment or other properties or assets; 

(B) a disposition of properties or assets (including Equity Interests) by the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary or by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (C) a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(D) a disposition of properties or assets (including Equity Interests) that constitutes a Restricted Payment that is permitted by
Section 4.07 of this Indenture; 
 (E) any trade or exchange by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of equipment or
other properties or assets for equipment or other properties or assets owned or held by another Person, provided that the fair market value of the properties or assets traded 

  
 2 

 or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (together with any cash or Cash Equivalents) is
reasonably equivalent to the fair market value of the properties or assets (together with any cash or Cash Equivalents) to be received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(F) the creation or perfection of a Lien on any properties or assets (or any income or profits therefrom) of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is not prohibited by Section 4.12 hereof; 
 (G) a sale-and-leaseback of the Company’s
office facilities in Massy, France replacing the sale-and-leaseback transaction relating to such facilities that is outstanding on the Issue Date; 
 (H) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual, non-contractual or other claims of any kind; 

(I) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in
connection with the compromise of collection thereof; 
 (J) the factoring of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course
of business pursuant to arrangements customary in the region; and 
 (K) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any
non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registrations therefor and other similar intellectual property. 
 The fair market
value of any non-cash proceeds of a disposition of properties or assets and of any properties or assets referred to in the foregoing clause (E) of this definition shall be determined in the manner contemplated in the definition of the term
“fair market value”, the results of which determination shall be set forth in an Officers Certificate delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a sale-and-leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such
transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale-and-leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been
extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended). As used in the preceding sentence, the “net rental payments” under any lease for any such period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be paid with respect
to such period by the lessee thereunder, excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In the case of any lease that is terminable by
the lessee upon payment of penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated.

  
 3 

 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors (Conseil
d’Administration) of the Company, or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors. 
 “Board
Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and to be in full force and effect on the date of such
certification. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capital Stock” means (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (b) in the case of an association or
business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including preferred stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited) and (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States of America, the Republic of France or any other country whose sovereign debt has a rating of at
least A3 from Moody’s and at least A- from S&P or any agency or instrumentality of any such government (provided that the full faith and credit of such government is pledged in support thereof), in each case having maturities of not
more than 12 months from the date of acquisition, 
 (b) certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits and French negotiable
debt instruments (titres de créances négociables) with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case
with or issued by any commercial bank organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development having capital and surplus in excess of €500,000,000 and whose long-term debt
securities are rated at least A3 by Moody’s and at least A- by S&P, 
 (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not
more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above, 

(d) commercial paper and French negotiable debt instruments (titres de créances négociables) having a rating of at
least P-1 from Moody’s or at least A-1 from S&P and in each case maturing within 12 months after the date of acquisition, 
  

  
 4 

 (e) deposits available for withdrawal on demand with any commercial bank not meeting the
qualifications specified in clause (b) above, provided that all such deposits are made in the ordinary course of business, do not remain on deposit for more than 30 consecutive days and do not exceed €25,000,000 in the aggregate at
any one time, with no more than €5,000,000 being deposited in commercial banks within a single country, and 
 (f) money
market mutual funds substantially all of the assets of which are of the type described in any of the foregoing clauses (a) through (d), including, without limitation, any mutual fund for which the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee serves
as investment manager, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, and/or custodian or subcustodian, notwithstanding that the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee receives fees from such funds for services it or its Affiliate renders to such fund
in respect of such investment. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(a) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the adoption, by holders of Capital Stock of the Company, of a voluntary plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (c) the consummation of any transaction (including, without
limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) (3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and
Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or (d) the first day on which more than a majority of the members
of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors; provided, however, that a transaction in which the Company becomes a Subsidiary of another Person (other than a Person that is an individual) shall not constitute a Change of Control if
(i) the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, at
least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of such other Person immediately following the consummation of such transaction and (ii) immediately following the consummation of such transaction, no “person” (as
such term is defined above), other than such other Person (but including the holders of the Equity Interests of such other Person), “beneficially owns” (as such term is defined above), directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme. 

“Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor. 
 “Consolidated Cash
Flow” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, to the extent deducted or excluded in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, 

  
 5 

 (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, 
 (b) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, 

(c) depreciation and amortization (including amortization or impairment, if any, of goodwill and other intangibles, but excluding
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, 
 (d)
other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries less any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than items that will result in cash receipt), 

(e) any expenses, fees, charges or other costs related to any equity offering (other than an offering of Disqualified Stock) permitted by
this Indenture (whether or not successful), and 
 (f) without duplication, an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any
net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, 
 in each case, on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means with
respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; provided, however, that the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to each of the following transactions as if each such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period: 

(a) any incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, purchase or redemption by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any
Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”); 
 (b) any acquisition that has been made
by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or approved and expected to be consummated within 30 days of the Calculation Date, including, in each case, through a merger or consolidation, and including any related financing transactions,
during the reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date; and 
 (c) any other
transaction that may be given pro forma effect in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect from time to time; 

  
 6 

 provided further, however, that (i) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued
operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded and (ii) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense will not be obligations of the referent
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of 
 (a) the consolidated interest expense of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the
interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of all payments made or received
(if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates but excluding amortization of debt issuance costs and non-cash charges other than non-cash interest expenses related to convertible bonds), and 

(b) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that (a) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted
for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, (b) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary
shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has
not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders and
(c) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded. 
 “Consolidated Net
Worth” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the consolidated stockholders’ equity of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date less the amount of consolidated stockholders’ equity attributable to
Disqualified Stock or treasury stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 7 

 “Consolidated Tangible Net Worth” means, at any date, the Consolidated Net
Worth of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as shown on their most recent consolidated balance sheet less, without duplication, all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like
intangibles, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Total Assets” means, with respect to any
Person as of any date, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (a) was a member of the Board of Directors on the Issue Date or (b) was
nominated for election to the Board of Directors with the approval of, or whose election to the Board of Directors was ratified by, at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who were members of the Board of Directors on the Issue
Date or who were so elected to the Board of Directors thereafter. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee”
shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
 “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to any Person, one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders (including with special purpose
vehicles established by such banks or lenders to provide such facilities) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to
borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or trade letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would be, an Event of
Default. 
 “Definitive Notes” means Notes that are in registered certificated form. 

“Depository” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depository with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and becomes such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture, and, thereafter, “Depository” shall
mean or include such successor. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures (excluding any maturity as a result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature or are

  
 8 

 redeemed or retired in full; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof (or of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) have the right to require the issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock (or such security into which it is
convertible or for which it is exchangeable) upon the occurrence of any of the events constituting an Asset Sale or a Change of Control shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is
convertible or for which it is exchangeable) provides that the issuer thereof may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (or any such security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) pursuant to such provisions prior
to compliance by the Company with Section 4.10 or 4.15 of this Indenture, as the case may be. 
 “$”,
“dollars” and “U.S. dollars” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “euro” and
“€” denote the lawful single currency of participating member states of the European Economic and Monetary Union as contemplated by the Treaty Establishing the European Union. 

“Euro Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than euros, at or as of any time for
the determination thereof, the amount of euros obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into euros at the spot rate for the purchase of euros with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters (or, if Reuters
ceases to provide such spot quotations, by any other reputable service that is providing such spot quotations, as selected by the Company) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date not more than two Business Days prior to such
determination. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Event of Loss” means, with respect to any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (a) any
damage to such property or asset that results in an insurance settlement with respect thereto on the basis of a total loss or a constructive or compromised total loss or (b) the confiscation, condemnation or requisition of title to such
property or asset by any government or instrumentality or agency thereof. 
 “Exchange Act” means the U.S.
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” has the meaning set forth in the Recital of
this Indenture. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities) in existence on the date of 

  
 9 

 this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid, but shall not include any Indebtedness that is repaid with
the proceeds of the Original Notes. 
 The term “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or
Investment, the fair market value of such asset or Investment at the time of the event requiring such determination, as determined in good faith by the Company, or, with respect to any asset or Investment in excess of €15,000,000 (other than
cash or Cash Equivalents), as determined by a reputable investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm that is, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, qualified to perform the task for which such firm has been engaged and independent with
respect to the Company. 
 “Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means each of CGG Asia Pacific and CGG Pan India
Ltd. 
 “GAAP” means International Financial Reporting Standards, accounting principles adopted by the
International Accounting Standards Board and its predecessor, as in effect from time to time. 
 “guarantee”
means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of pledge of assets or through letters of credit or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. 
 “Guarantor” means each
of: 
 (a) the Initial Guarantors; and 
 (b) any other Subsidiary of the Company (including any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor at its option) that executes a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, 
 and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the
Subsidiary Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with Sections 10.04, 10.05 or 10.06 hereof. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (a) interest rate
swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, (b) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates and (c) any foreign currency futures contract,
option or similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices, in each case to the extent such obligations are incurred in the ordinary course of business of such
Person and not for speculative purposes. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such Person, without duplication,
whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money including, 

  
 10 

 without limitation, any guarantee thereof, or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments
or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or bankers’ acceptances or representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade account payable, or representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit, guarantees and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability
upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness that does not require current payments of
interest, and (b) the principal amount thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
thereunder). 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds an interest through a Participant. 

“Initial Guarantors” means the CGGVeritas Services Holding B.V., CGGVeritas Services (UK) Holding B.V., CGGVeritas
Services Holding (U.S.) Inc., CGGVeritas Land (U.S.) Inc., CGGVeritas Services (U.S.) Inc., Veritas Investments Inc., Viking Maritime Inc., Veritas Geophysical (Mexico) LLC, Alitheia Resources Inc., CGG Canada Services Ltd., CGG Marine Resources
Norge A/ S, Sercel, Inc., Sercel Canada Ltd. and Sercel Australia Pty Ltd., each a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor as of the Issue Date. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 “Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive a rating of “BBB-” or higher from
S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of S&P) and a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of Moody’s) or, if either such entity ceases to
rate the Notes for reasons outside the normal control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is used in Rule 15c3-1 under the
Exchange Act, selected by the Company as a replacement agency. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any
Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including guarantees by the referent Person of, and Liens on any assets of the referent Person securing, Indebtedness or other
obligations of other Persons), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to directors, officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of
Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that the following shall not constitute
Investments: (i) extensions of trade credit or other advances to customers on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices or otherwise in the ordinary course of business, (ii) Hedging Obligations and

  
 11 

 (iii) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business. If the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no
longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or
disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07 of this Indenture. 
 “Issue Date” means
May 31, 2011. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in
Paris, France, New York, New York or at a place of payment with respect to the Notes are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any
kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or
give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction other than a precautionary financing statement respecting a lease not intended
as a security agreement) or any assignment of (or agreement to assign) any right to income or profits from any assets by way of security. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (or loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock
dividends, excluding, however, (a) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with (i) any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to
sale-and-leaseback transactions) or (ii) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any
extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash
received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (without duplication) the following: (a) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal,
accounting and investment banking 

  
 12 

 fees, sales commissions, recording fees, title transfer fees, title insurance premiums, appraiser fees,
other out-of-pocket expenses and costs incurred in connection with preparing such asset for sale) and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (b) taxes paid or estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account
any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements that will result in a reduction in consolidated tax liability), (c) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (other than under a revolving credit
facility) secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and (d) any reserve (including any reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary) established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets, until such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is
terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness (a) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(i) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or is otherwise directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise) or (ii) constitutes the lender,
(b) no default with respect to which (including any rights the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) the holders of Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Notes) to declare a default on such Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity and (c) as to which the lenders have been notified in
writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the Recital of this Indenture. 

“Note Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity
thereto. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements,
damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Officer” means,
with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller,
the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed
on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 11.05 hereof. 

  
 13 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. Unless otherwise provided in this Indenture, the counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales, Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries the terms of which require the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to apply such Net Proceeds to offer to purchase such Indebtedness. 
 “Participant” means with respect to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include
Euroclear and Clearstream). 
 “Permitted Guarantees” means any guarantee: 

(a) guaranteeing or securing the Notes or the guarantee of any Guarantor, 

(b) in favor of the Company or a Guarantor, 
 (c) guaranteeing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (a) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 of this Indenture, or 

(d) in existence on the date of this Indenture to the extent guaranteeing Existing Indebtedness and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in
respect thereof incurred in compliance with clause (j) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 of this Indenture. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 
 (a) any Investment in the Company (including, without limitation, any acquisition of the Notes) or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than any Investment described in clause (a) of the
definition of “Restricted Payments”, 
 (b) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents, 

(c) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person if as a result of such Investment (i) such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (ii) such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 
 (d) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from
(i) an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof or (ii) a disposition of assets that does not constitute an Asset Sale, 
 (e) Investments in stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of any claim or debts owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of bankruptcy

  
 14 

 or insolvency proceedings or received in satisfaction of any judgment or in settlement of any claim in
circumstances where the Company does not expect it would receive cash payment in a timely manner, or upon the foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case as to any claim or
debts owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that arose in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any stocks, obligations or securities received in settlement of any claim or
debts that arose in the ordinary course of business (and received other than as a result of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or received in satisfaction of any judgment or in settlement of any claim in circumstances where the Company does not
expect it would receive cash payment in a timely manner, or upon foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien) that are, within 180 days of receipt, converted into cash or Cash Equivalents shall be treated as having been cash or Cash
Equivalents at the time received, 
 (f) Investments in Argas Ltd. consisting of guarantees of its obligations incurred in the
ordinary course of its business, provided that such Investments, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (f) that are at the time outstanding, do not exceed €50,000,000, 

(g) Investments in Argas Ltd. (other than those described in clause (f) above) and any other Affiliate organized in a foreign
jurisdiction that is required by the applicable laws and regulations of such foreign jurisdiction or its governmental agencies, authorities or state-owned businesses to be majority owned by the government of such foreign jurisdiction or individual
or corporate citizens of such foreign jurisdiction or another foreign jurisdiction in order for such Affiliate to transact business in such foreign jurisdiction, provided that such Investments, when taken together with all other Investments
made pursuant to this clause (g) that are at the time outstanding, do not exceed 20% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth, 

(h) Investments in any Person in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, an issue or sale by the Company of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock), and 
 (i) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on
the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (i) that are at the time outstanding, do not exceed €25,000,000.

 “Permitted Liens” means: 
 (a) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (a) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof, and Liens securing any other Indebtedness under Credit Facilities incurred
pursuant to the first paragraph of such Section 4.09, 
 (b) Liens in favor of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 (c) Liens on any property or asset of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 

  
 15 

 provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such merger or consolidation, were not created in
contemplation of it and do not extend to any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, 

(d) Liens on any property or asset existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition, were not created in contemplation of it and do not extend to any other property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, 

(e) Liens securing the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, bid or performance bonds, insurance obligations or
other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, 
 (f) Liens securing Hedging Obligations,

 (g) Liens existing on the date hereof, 
 (h) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (g) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof, provided that such Liens extend only to the
property, plant or equipment financed by such Indebtedness, 
 (i) any interest or title of a lessor under an operating lease,

 (j) Liens arising by reason of deposits necessary to obtain standby letters of credit in the ordinary course of business,

 (k) Liens on real or personal property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof to secure Indebtedness
incurred for the purpose of (i) financing all or any part of the purchase price of such property or assets incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 90 days after, the acquisition of such property or assets or (ii) financing all or any
part of the cost of construction or improvement of any such property or assets, provided that the amount of any such financing shall not exceed the amount expended in the acquisition of, or the construction of, such property or assets and
such Liens shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any associated accounts, contracts and insurance proceeds), 
 (l) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceeding which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally
terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated shall not have expired, 
 (m) Liens securing Indebtedness
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that does not exceed €10,000,000 at any one time outstanding, 

(n) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof, provided that such
Liens (1) secured such Acquired Indebtedness at 

  
 16 

 the time of and prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of, such incurrence, and (2) do not extend to any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or asset that
secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time that it became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and 
 (o) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in clauses (c), (d), (g), (h), (k) and (n) above and in this clause (o).

 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that 

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal
amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of expenses incurred in connection therewith),

 (b) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, 

(c) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, and 
 (d) if the Company is the obligor on the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded, then such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is solely Indebtedness of the Company; 
 provided, however, that a Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Guarantor may guarantee Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by the Company, whether or not such Restricted Subsidiary was an
obligor or guarantor of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; provided further, however, that if such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes, such guarantee shall be
subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiary Guarantee to at least the same extent. 

  
 17 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other entity. 

“Qualified Equity Offering” means (a) any issuance and sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Company pursuant to an underwritten offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) any other issuance and sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company so long as, at the time of consummation of such sale, the
Company has a class of common equity securities (including American depository shares) registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) under the Exchange Act. 
 “Reference Date” means April 28, 2005. 
 “Registered
Exchange Offer” means the offer that may be made by the Company pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for Original Notes. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, by and among the Company, the Initial Guarantors and the initial purchasers party
thereto relating to the Original Notes. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 “Regulation S Global Note” means a permanent global note that contains the applicable restricted legends
referred to in the form of the Note attached hereto as Exhibit A, and that is deposited with the Note Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository, representing Notes originally issued or transferred in reliance on Regulation S.

 “Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee (or any successor corporate trust office of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a
particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and his having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Global Notes” means the IAI Global Note, the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note, and
each of which is required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Restricted
Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a
Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule
144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

  
 18 

 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a
subsidiary of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “SEC”
means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. 
 “Sercel Australia” means Sercel Australia Pty Ltd, an Australian company with its head office in
Rydalmere, New South Wales, Australia, and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor as of the Issue Date. 

“Sercel Canada” means Sercel Canada Ltd, a Canadian company with its head office in Calgary, Alberta, Canada, and a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor as of the Issue Date. 
 “Sercel Guarantors” means Sercel,
Inc., Sercel Canada and Sercel Australia. 
 “Sercel, Inc.” means Sercel, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation with
its head office in Houston, Texas, and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor as of the Issue Date. 

“Sercel SA” means: 
 (a) Sercel S.A., a French limited liability corporation with its head office in Carquefou, France, and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of the Issue Date, and/or 

(b) any holding company (including Sercel Holding S.A.) that holds all of the outstanding Capital Stock of either or both of Sercel SA
and Sercel, Inc. (other than directors’ qualifying shares and Capital Stock held by other statutorily required minority shareholders) and that does not hold any Capital Stock in any other Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that would be a “significant
subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any mandatory sinking fund or other installment of interest or principal on any
series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any
such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Strategic
Assets” means assets or rights (other than assets that would be classified as current assets in accordance with GAAP) of the kind used or usable by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the business of providing services or software
products to the oil 

  
 19 

 and gas industry or manufacturing equipment for use by the oil and gas industry (or any business that is
reasonably complementary or related thereto as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors). 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation, association or other business entity of which
more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof), (b) any partnership (i) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such
Person or (ii) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof) and (c) any other Person whose results for financial reporting purposes are consolidated with
those of such Person in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor
of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to Article 10 hereof. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

 “Transfer Restricted Securities” means securities that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date in respect of the Notes, the
yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2016; provided,
however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary only to the extent that such Subsidiary at the time of such
designation (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt, (b) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding does not violate Section 4.11 hereof, and (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the 

  
 20 

 Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe
for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by
Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof, the Company
shall be in default of such covenant). The Board of Directors may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if: (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis
as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at or as of
any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as
quoted by Reuters (or, if Reuters ceases to provide such spot quotations, by any other reputable service as is providing such spot quotations, as selected by the Company) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date not more than two
Business Days prior to such determination. 
 “U.S. Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or
obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors, managers or trustees of
such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the
number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final
maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

  
 21 

 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that (a) all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and Capital Stock held by other statutorily required minority
shareholders) shall at the time be owned directly or indirectly by such Person or (b) such Restricted Subsidiary is organized in a foreign jurisdiction and is required by the applicable laws and regulations of such foreign jurisdiction or its
governmental agencies, authorities or state-owned businesses to be partially owned by the government of such foreign jurisdiction or individual or corporate citizens of such foreign jurisdiction or another foreign jurisdiction in order for such
Restricted Subsidiary to transact business in such foreign jurisdiction, provided that such Person, by contract or otherwise, controls the business and management of such Restricted Subsidiary. Further, in relation to the Company, the term
“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” includes any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary so long as the direct or indirect ownership interest of the Company in its Capital Stock is no less than at the Issue Date. 

SECTION 1.02. OTHER DEFINITIONS. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	 	4.19	  
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	  
	 “Agreement Currency”
	  	 	4.20	  
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	  
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	 	2.06	  
	 “Distribution Compliance Period”
	  	 	2.01	  
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10	  
	 “Global Notes”
	  	 	2.01	  
	 “incur” or “incurrence”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “IAI Global Notes”
	  	 	2.01	  
	 “Judgment Currency”
	  	 	4.20	  
	 “Legal Defeasance” 
	  	 	8.02	  
	 “merger” 
	  	 	1.04	  
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Other Company Indebtedness”
	  	 	4.13	  
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “QIB”
	  	 	2.06	  
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	  

  
 22 

					
	 “Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	 	2.01	  
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	  
	 “Rule 144A Global Notes
	  	 	2.01	  
	 “Taxes”
	  	 	4.19	  
	 “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”
	  	 	4.19	  
	 “Suspended Provisions”
	  	 	4.23	  

 SECTION 1.03. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF
TRUST INDENTURE ACT. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the
TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Any terms incorporated in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have
the meanings so assigned to them. 
 SECTION 1.04. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (2) an accounting term
not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not
exclusive; 
 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(6) the term “merger” includes a fusion, an amalgamation, a compulsory share exchange, a
conversion of a corporation into another business entity and any other transaction having effects substantially similar to a merger under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware; 

(7) references to “France” are to the French Republic; and 

(8) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute,
replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 Whenever the covenants or default provisions
or definitions in this Indenture refer to an amount in U.S. dollars or euros, that amount will be deemed to refer to the U.S. Dollar Equivalent or Euro Equivalent, as applicable, of the amount of any obligation denominated in any other currency or
currencies, including composite currencies. 

  
 23 

 The U.S. Dollar Equivalent or the Euro Equivalent for any purpose under this Indenture will
be determined as of a date of determination as described in the definition of “U.S. Dollar Equivalent” or “Euro Equivalent”, as applicable, in Section 1.01 and, in any case, no subsequent change in the U.S. Dollar Equivalent
or the Euro Equivalent after the applicable date of determination will cause such determination to be modified. 
 ARTICLE 2

 THE NOTES 

SECTION 2.01. FORM AND DATING. 

The Notes shall be issued only in registered form. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. Notes shall be issued in registered, global form in
minimum denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 Any Original Notes that remain
outstanding after the completion of the Registered Exchange Offer, together with the Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture, including, without
limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall
constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

(a) Global Notes. The Original Notes will be offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a purchase agreement. The Original Notes
will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. The Original Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others,
QIBs, Institutional Accredited Investors and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Original Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more
permanent global notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); Original Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent
global notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”); and Original Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global notes in
definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global securities legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set forth in

  
 24 

 Exhibit A hereto. The Rule 144A Global Notes, the IAI Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes
are collectively referred to herein as the “Global Notes”. 
 The Global Notes shall be deposited upon issuance
with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository and registered in the name of Depository or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in the Depository (including Euroclear or Clearstream). 

Beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes or the
IAI Global Notes at any time except in the limited circumstances as provided in Section 2.06. Beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note will be exchangeable for beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or a
Definitive Note only after the expiration of the period through and including the 40th day after the later of the commencement and the closing of this offering (the “Distribution Compliance Period”) and then only in compliance with
the requirements provided for in Section 2.06. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Definitive Notes except in the limited circumstances provided in Section 2.06. 

Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein, and each shall provide that it shall
represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges,
redemptions, repurchases and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the
direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 

(b) Book-Entry Provisions. Participants shall have no rights either under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on
their behalf by the Depository or by the Note Custodian as custodian for the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Depository (or its nominee, if the Depository is not the Holder) may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any Agent of
the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever (except for the determination of Additional Amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.19 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall
prevent the Company, the Trustee or any Agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Participants, the
operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

  
 25 

 SECTION 2.02. EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION. 

One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If the Company has a corporate seal, it may be
reproduced on the Notes and, if so, it may be in facsimile form. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds
that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. The form of Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be
borne by the Notes shall be substantially as set forth in Exhibit A hereto. 
 The Trustee shall authenticate (i) the
Original Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount of $650,000,000 and (ii) additional Notes (other than Exchange Notes) for original issue from time to time after the Issue Date subject to compliance with the
terms of this Indenture in such principal amounts as may be set forth in a written order of the Company described in this sentence and (iii) the Exchange Notes for original issue from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal
amount of Original Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer, which written order shall specify (a) the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date of original issue thereof and (b) whether the
Notes are Original Notes or Exchange Notes, and (c) the amount of Notes to be issued in global form or definitive form. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed $650,000,000 plus such additional principal
amounts as may be issued and authenticated pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this
Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company, any Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company. 

SECTION 2.03. REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT. 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the continental United States where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer
or for exchange (“Registrar”) and where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. So long as the Notes are listed on
the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, the Company shall maintain a paying agent and a co-registrar in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. The Company may at any time appoint one or more co-registrars and one
or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may at any time change any Paying Agent or Registrar
without notice to any Holder. The Company shall 

  
 26 

 notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not named in this Indenture. If the
Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, and such agreement shall
incorporate the TIA’s provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depository with respect to the Global Notes. 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Registrar and Paying Agent at its Corporate Trust Office in New York, New York and
to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Company initially appoints Dexia Banque Internationale à Luxembourg, société anonyme to act as Registrar and Paying Agent in Luxembourg. 

SECTION 2.04. PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN
TRUST. 
 The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the
Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in
making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment
over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the
benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default described in clause (j), (k) or (l) of Section 6.01 hereof, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent
for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.05. HOLDER LISTS. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the TIA. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the TIA.

 SECTION 2.06. TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of the Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be
effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in a 

  
 27 

 Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
the same Global Note in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and, in the case of a Transfer Restricted Security, the transfer restrictions set forth in the legend in subsection (f) of this Section 2.06. Transfers of beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes to Persons required to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in another Restricted Global Note shall be permitted as follows: 

(i) Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note to IAI Global Note. If an owner of a beneficial interest in a
Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, wishes to transfer its beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to a Person who is required or permitted to take delivery thereof
in the form of an interest in a separate IAI Global Note, such owner shall, subject to the Applicable Procedures and in the case of a Regulation S Global Note, only after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, exchange or cause the
exchange of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such separate IAI Global Note as provided for in this Section 2.06(a)(i). Upon receipt by the Trustee of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Trustee, as Registrar and Note Custodian, to credit a beneficial interest in the separate IAI Global Note equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be transferred, and
(B) in the case of Global Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto from the transferor and a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto from the transferee and,
if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Registrar that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and any
applicable blue sky laws of any state of the United States, then the Trustee, as Registrar and Note Custodian, shall reduce the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Rule 144A Global Note or Regulations S Global Note, as applicable, and
increase the aggregate principal amount of the other IAI Global Note by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note to be transferred. 

(ii) Rule 144A Global Note or IAI Global Note to Regulation S Global Note. If an owner of a beneficial interest in
a Rule 144A Global Note or IAI Global Note, as applicable, wishes to transfer its beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note or IAI Global Note, as applicable, to a Person who is required or permitted to take delivery thereof in the form of
an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether or not before or after the Distribution Compliance Period, such owner shall, subject to the Applicable Procedures, exchange or cause the exchange of such interest for an equivalent beneficial
interest in a Regulation S Global Note as provided in this Section 2.06(a)(ii). Upon receipt by the Trustee of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Trustee, as Registrar and Note Custodian, to
credit a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or IAI Global Note, as applicable, to be transferred and (B) in the case of Global

  
 28 

 Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities, a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B-1 hereto given by the owner of such beneficial interest stating that the transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904 of Regulation S, then the Trustee, as Registrar and Note Custodian, shall reduce the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Rule 144A Global Note or IAI Global Note and increase the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S
Global Note by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or IAI Global Note to be transferred. 
 (iii) Regulation S Global Note or IAI Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note. If an owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or IAI Global Note, as applicable, wishes to transfer
its beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note or IAI Global Note, as applicable, to a Person who is required or permitted to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in a separate Rule 144A Global Note, such owner shall, subject
to the Applicable Procedures, exchange or cause the exchange of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such separate Regulation S Global Note or IAI Global Note as provided in this Section 2.06(a)(iii). Upon receipt by the
Trustee of (A) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Trustee, as Registrar and Note Custodian, to credit a beneficial interest in the separate Rule 144A Global Note equal to the beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Global Note or IAI Global Note, as applicable, to be transferred, and (B) in the case of Global Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto given by the
owner of such beneficial interest stating that the Person transferring such interest reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) (a
“QIB”) and is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, then the Trustee, as Registrar and Note Custodian, shall reduce the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Regulation S
Global Note or IAI Global Note, as applicable, and increase the aggregate principal amount of the other Rule 144A Global Note by the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or IAI Global Note to be transferred.

 Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an
interest in the other Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and will become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures
applicable to beneficial interest in such other Global Note for so long as it remains such an interest. 
 (b) Transfer and
Exchange of Definitive Notes. If issued, Definitive Notes may not be exchanged or transferred for beneficial interests in a Global Note, except upon consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2.06(f)(iv) hereof.
When Definitive Notes are presented by a Holder to the Registrar with a request to register the transfer of the Definitive Notes or to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal 

  
 29 

 principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the
transfer or make the exchange as requested only if the Definitive Notes are presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, are endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly
executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing., and the Registrar receives the following (all of which may be submitted by facsimile): 
 (i) in the case of Definitive Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities, such request shall be accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable: 

(A) if such Transfer Restricted Security is being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of
such Holder, without transfer, or such Transfer Restricted Security is being transferred (1) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (2) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certification to that
effect from such Holder (substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto); 
 (B) if such Transfer Restricted
Security is being transferred to a Person the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a
certification to that effect from such Holder (in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto); 
 (C) if such
Transfer Restricted Security is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 under Regulation S of the Securities Act, a certification to that effect from such Holder (substantially in the form
of Exhibit B-3 hereto but containing the certification called for by clauses (1) through (4) of Exhibit B-1 hereto); or 
 (D) if such Transfer Restricted Security is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those
listed in subparagraph (B) or (C) above, a certification to that effect from such Holder (substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto), and a certification substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto from the transferee, and, if such
transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Registrar that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue
sky laws of any state of the United States. 
 (c) [Intentionally omitted.] 

(d) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, a Global Note may
not be transferred as a whole except by 

  
 30 

 the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another
nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 
 (e) Authentication of Definitive Notes in Absence of Depository or at Company’s Election. If at any time (i) the Depository for the Notes notifies the Company that the Depository is
unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for the Global Notes or has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and in either case a successor Depository for the Global Notes is not appointed by the Company within 90 days
after delivery of such notice, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes or (iii) there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the
Notes and the Depository so requests, then the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, authenticate and deliver Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes. Definitive Notes issued in exchange for beneficial interests in the Global Notes pursuant to this Section 2.06(e) shall be registered in such names and
in such authorized denominations as the Depository, pursuant to instructions from its direct or Indirect Participants or otherwise (in accordance with its customary procedures), shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive
Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. 
 (f) Legends. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing a Global
Note or a Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) offered otherwise than in reliance on Regulation S will, until the expiration of the applicable holding period with respect to the notes set forth in Rule
144(k) of the Securities Act, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the holder thereof, bear a legend substantially to the following effect (the “Restricted Notes Legend”): 

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF
THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 

  
 31 

 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH
IS SIX MONTHS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) (V) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES
(I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS
REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.” 
 The Notes offered in reliance on Regulation S will, unless otherwise
agreed by the Company and the holder thereof, bear a legend substantially to the following effect (the “Regulation S Legend”): 
 “THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT
BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED
ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 

  
 32 

 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (the
“Definitive Notes Legend”): 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER SHALL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR
AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented
by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act: 
 (A) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a Definitive Note that does
not bear the legend set forth in (i) above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security upon certification from the transferring holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto and receipt of an
Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Registrar that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act; and 
 (B) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Note, such Transfer Restricted Security shall not be required to bear the legend set forth in (i) above, but shall continue
to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.06(a) hereof. 
 (iii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer
Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Note) in reliance on any exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than an exemption pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act) in which the Holder or the transferee provides an Opinion of Counsel to the Company and the Registrar in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Registrar (which Opinion of Counsel shall also state that the transfer
restrictions contained in the legend are no longer applicable): 
 (A) in the case of any Transfer Restricted
Security that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legend set forth in (i) above and rescind any restriction on the
transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security; and 
 (B) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security
represented by a Global Note, such Transfer Restricted Security shall not be required to bear 

  
 33 

 the legend set forth in (i) above, but shall continue to be subject to the provisions
of Section 2.06(a) hereof. 
 (iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon consummation of a Registered Exchange
Offer, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more unrestricted Global Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the sum of
(A) the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer and (B) the principal amount of any Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer.
Concurrently with the issuance of such unrestricted Global Notes, the Trustee, as Registrar and Note Custodian, shall reduce accordingly the aggregate principal amount of each applicable Global Note and cancel any Definitive Notes accepted for
exchange. 
 (g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have
been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Notes shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any
beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes or a beneficial interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly
and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee, as Registrar and Note Custodian, to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee, as Registrar and Note Custodian, to reflect such increase. 

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, subject to this Section 2.06, the Company shall execute and,
upon the written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.07,
4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.06, prior to the
expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream (as Indirect Participants in DTC), unless transferred to a Person that takes delivery through a

  
 34 

 Rule 144A Global Note or IAI Global Note in accordance with Section 2.06(a)(ii) hereof.

 (iv) All Definitive Notes and Global Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Definitive
Notes or Global Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Definitive Notes or Global Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or
exchange. 
 (v) The Company and the Registrar shall not be required: 

(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15
days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 

(C) to register the transfer of a Note other than in amounts of $200,000 or multiple integrals of $1,000 in excess
thereof. 
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent
and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, on such Notes, and neither the Trustee, any
Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate
Definitive Notes and Global Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
 SECTION 2.07. REPLACEMENT
NOTES. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Registrar in Luxembourg, or the Trustee
or the Registrar in Luxembourg receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company, shall
authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Registrar in Luxembourg, as applicable, and the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the
judgment of the Trustee or the Registrar in Luxembourg, as applicable, and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may
charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such original Note,

  
 35 

 the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or
any Person taking therefrom, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any
authenticating agent in connection therewith. 
 Subject to the provisions of the final sentence of the preceding paragraph of
this Section 2.07, every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

SECTION 2.08. OUTSTANDING NOTES. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note
effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company, any Subsidiary of
the Company or an Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to
Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the entire principal of and premium, if any, and interest on any Note are considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue as of the date
of such payment. 
 SECTION 2.09. TREASURY NOTES. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Notes that a Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate offers to purchase or acquires pursuant to an offer, exchange offer, tender
offer or otherwise shall not be deemed to be owned by the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate until legal title to such Notes passes to the Company, such Subsidiary or such Affiliate, as the case may be. 

SECTION 2.10. TEMPORARY NOTES. 
 Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company.
Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for 

  
 36 

 temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the
Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

SECTION 2.11. CANCELLATION. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange
or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and, at the written request of the Company, shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record
retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company upon its written request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, other than as contemplated by the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 SECTION 2.12.
DEFAULTED INTEREST; SPECIAL INTEREST 
 (a) If the Company
defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in
each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall
fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided, however, that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the
special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment
date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 (b) All references herein, in any context, to any interest or other amount
payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any special interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE 

SECTION 3.01. NOTICES TO TRUSTEE. 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the
Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, subject to Section 3.03, an Officers’ Certificate 

  
 37 

 setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur,
(ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. 
 SECTION 3.02.
SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the
Notes as follows: (i) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or (ii) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, in accordance with
the procedures of the applicable depository, if any. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the
redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 
 The Trustee shall promptly
notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes selected shall be in amounts of $200,000 or whole multiples of $1,000
in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 The provisions of the two preceding paragraphs of this Section 3.02 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a Global Note, whether a Global Note is to be redeemed in whole or in
part. In case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Global Note shall be in an authorized denomination. 
 SECTION 3.03. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. 
 At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be
redeemed at its registered address. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and for so long as the rules of such exchange require, notices of redemption shall be published once by the Trustee, not less than five Business
Days prior to the redemption date, in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg, which newspaper may be the Luxemburger Wort, or if such newspaper ceases to be published or timely publication in it will not be practicable, in such
other newspaper as the Trustee deems necessary to give fair and reasonable notice to the Holders of the Notes. Notices may also be published on the internet site of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange at http://www.bourse.lu. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the redemption price and any Applicable Premium; 

  
 38 

 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal
amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon surrender and
cancellation of the original Note; 
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called
for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of
the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 If any of the Notes to be redeemed is in the form of
a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to redemption. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee, at least 45 days (unless the Company and the Trustee agree to a shorter period) prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such
notice as provided in the second preceding paragraph. 
 SECTION 3.04. EFFECT OF NOTICE
OF REDEMPTION. 
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03
hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
 SECTION 3.05. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE. 
 No later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying
Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on the redemption date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the
Company any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the 

  
 39 

 amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed.

 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall
cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the
Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding
paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in
Section 4.01 hereof. 
 SECTION 3.06. NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.

 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the
Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 SECTION 3.07.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) At any time prior to June 1, 2016, the Company may redeem the
Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the date of redemption. 

(b) At any time on or after June 1, 2016, the Company shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated
below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2016
	  	 	103.250	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.167	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.083	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (c) Further, prior to June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem on any one or more occasions Notes
(including Exchange Notes) representing up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued from time to time under this Indenture (including any Notes originally issued after the Issue Date but excluding for this purpose any
Exchange Notes) at a redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, provided that (i) Notes
(including Exchange Notes) representing 

  
 40 

 at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued from time to time under this
Indenture (including any Notes originally issued after the Issue Date but excluding for this purpose any Exchange Notes) remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (ii) such redemption shall occur within 90
days of the date of the closing of each such Qualified Equity Offering. 
 (d) The Company may at any time redeem, in whole but
not in part, the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption if it or any Guarantor has become or would become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts in
respect of the Notes as a result of (i)(1) any change in or amendment to the laws or treaties (or regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction to tax or (2) any change in or amendment to any official position
regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings, which change or amendment is announced and becomes effective on or after the date of this Indenture (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction
became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on a date after the date of the Indenture, such later date); and (ii) such obligation cannot be avoided by the Company or any such Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence of this Section 3.07(d), no notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07(d) may be given earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company could be obligated to pay such Additional
Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes was then due. Prior to giving notice of any such redemption, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (y) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be
avoided by the Company or any such Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it and (z) an Opinion of Counsel of an independent legal counsel to the Company to the effect that the circumstances referred to in clause (i) above
exist. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01
through Section 3.06 hereof. 
 SECTION 3.08. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 

Except as set forth under Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes. 
 SECTION 3.09. OFFER TO PURCHASE BY
APPLICATION OF EXCESS PROCEEDS. 
 In the event that, pursuant to
Section 4.10 hereof, the Holders shall have the right to require the Company to purchase Notes pursuant to an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”), the Company shall follow the procedures specified below. 

The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent
that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the
principal amount 

  
 41 

 of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”)
or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as principal payments are made at Stated Maturity. The Company
shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to enter into or suffer to exist any agreement (other than any agreement governing the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Credit Facilities) that would place any restriction of any
kind (other than pursuant to law or regulation) on the ability of the Company to make an Asset Sale Offer. Further, the Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of Notes as a result of an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions relating to an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described above by virtue thereof. 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid
interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy
to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of
the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 

(b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased; 
 (f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of

  
 42 

 Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Company
or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (g)
that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, no later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall
select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $200,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased);
and 
 (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 If any of the Notes
subject to an Asset Sale Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases. 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that
such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the
Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The
Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
 Other than as specifically provided
in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 hereof. 

  
 43 

 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01. PAYMENT OF NOTES.

 The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and
in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if a Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business
Day immediately preceding the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 

The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy law) on overdue
principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy law) on overdue installments of
interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 SECTION 4.02. MAINTENANCE
OF OFFICE OR AGENCY. 
 The Company shall maintain an office or
agency in the continental United States and, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03 hereof, in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer
or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in the continental United States or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered
for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. Further, if at any time there shall be no such office or agency in the continental United States where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, the
Company shall forthwith designate and maintain such an office or agency in the continental United States, in order that the Notes shall at all times be payable in the continental United States. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The
Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. 

  
 44 

 SECTION 4.03. REPORTS. 

(a) Whether or not the Company is required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the
Company will file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing): 
 (i) within the time periods
specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, all annual financial and other information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 20-F, including a
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants, and 

(ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first and third quarters of each fiscal year (and within 75 days after
the end of the second quarter of each fiscal year), reports on Form 6-K, or any successor form, attaching (a) unaudited consolidated financial statements for the Company for the period then ended (and the comparable period in the prior year),
in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP (as in effect on the date of such report or financial information) and (b) the information relating to the Company described in Item 5 of Form 20-F (i.e., Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects). 
 Within 15 days of filing, or attempting to file, such information with the SEC, the Company shall furnish such information to the
Holders of the Notes. 
 The Company shall at all times comply with Section 314(a) of the TIA. 

(b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding and during any period during which the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Exchange Act nor exempt therefrom pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the holders of the Notes and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (c) For so long as the Notes are listed on the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange so require, the information referred to in Section 4.03(a) hereof shall also be made available, free of charge in Luxembourg through the offices of the Paying Agent in Luxembourg.

 (d) Delivery of reports to the SEC or receipt by the Trustee of the documents specified in this Section 4.03 shall not
constitute notice to the Trustee, or knowledge by the Trustee, of the contents of such documents. 

  
 45 

 SECTION 4.04. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. 

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that
a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and
fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained
in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of
which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of
the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

(b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or its
equivalent body in France, as the case may be, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm
of established international reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of
Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to
obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
 (c) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the
Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 SECTION 4.05. TAXES. 
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and
by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

SECTION 4.06. STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS. 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter 

  
 46 

 
in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any
such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been
enacted. 
 SECTION 4.07. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any such Equity
Interests owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); (ii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be, except a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity; or (iii) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through
(iii) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto
as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09 hereof; and 
 (c) such Restricted Payment, together with (x) the aggregate amount of all
other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Reference Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (b) through (e) and, to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income,
(f) and (g) of the next succeeding paragraph), and (y) the aggregate amount of all dividends and other payments or distributions paid subsequent to the Reference Date on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s Equity Interests in their capacity
as such (other than (i) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, (ii) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) if
the Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, dividends to its shareholders on a pro rata basis), is less than the sum (without duplication) of the following: (A) 50% of the cumulative
Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2005 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which 

  
 47 

 
internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus
(B) 100% of the aggregate of (1) the net cash proceeds and (2) the fair market value of Strategic Assets transferred or conveyed to the Company (as valued at the time of transfer or conveyance to the Company, and as determined in the
manner contemplated by the definition of the term “fair market value”), in each case received by the Company since the Reference Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the
Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issuance or sale of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been converted into, or exchanged or redeemed for, such Equity Interests (other than any such Equity Interests,
Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and other than Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities that have been converted into, or exchanged or redeemed for, Disqualified Stock), plus
(C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Reference Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of
disposition, if any) plus (D) if any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (1) an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investments previously made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary as of the date of redesignation and (2) the amount of such Investments. 
 The foregoing provisions will
not prohibit any of the following: 
 (a) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (b) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, other Equity Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock); provided
that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c)(B) of the preceding paragraph; 

(c) the defeasance, redemption, purchase, retirement or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or
any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (d) the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 48 

 (e) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock
options, if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such stock options; 
 (f) so long
as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the repurchase or other acquisition for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for allocation (as a free allocation or otherwise) to directors, officers
and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not in excess of €2,500,000 in any twelve-month period; 
 (g) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company held by any member of the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) management pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of the Issue Date; provided that the
aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed €1,000,000 in any twelve-month period; 
 (h) loans or advances in the ordinary course of business to Affiliates or Persons with which the Company or a Subsidiary may have contractual arrangements in any jurisdiction reasonably necessary to be
made in connection with conducting the business of the Company or a Subsidiary in such jurisdiction in a form that is customary to address foreign investment regulation or practice in such jurisdiction, in an aggregate amount not to exceed
€2,000,000 outstanding at any one time; 
 (i) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing,
advances constituting Investments or loans to directors, officers and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of €1,000,000 at any one time
outstanding; and 
 (j) other Restricted Payments not to exceed €15,000,000 in the aggregate. 

The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a
Default (except at any time during which the Company maintains Investment Grade Status). For purposes of making such designation, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated shall be
deemed to be Restricted Payments at the time of such designation, in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Investments at the time of such designation. Such designation shall only be permitted if such Restricted Payments would be
permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” 

The Board of Directors may also redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if such redesignation complies with
the requirements described in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” If the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments 

  
 49 

 
calculated for purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07 includes an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the
terms of this paragraph, then the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payments shall be reduced by the lesser of (a) an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investments previously made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) the amount of such Investments. 
 Any
designation or redesignation of a Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution giving effect to such action and evidencing the valuation of any Investment relating thereto (as determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors) and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such action complied with the terms of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” set forth in this Indenture and with this Section 4.07. 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined in the
manner contemplated by the definition of the term “fair market value,” and the results of such determination shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee. No later than ten Business Days following the date
of making any Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Payment permitted by clauses (b) through (d) of the second full paragraph of this Section 4.07), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed. 
 SECTION 4.08. DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to do any of the following: (a)(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
or (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (1) agreements governing Credit Facilities or Existing
Indebtedness, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that such agreements and amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained, in the case of Credit
Facilities, in agreements governing Credit Facilities or, in the case of Existing Indebtedness, in agreements governing such Existing 

  
 50 

 
Indebtedness, in either case as in effect on the date of this Indenture, (2) this Indenture, the Notes , the Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer and the
Subsidiary Guarantees, (3) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition, (4) any instrument
governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in
contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case
of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred, (5) by reason of customary provisions restricting the subletting or assignment of any lease or the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials,
(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (c) above on the property so acquired, (7) customary provisions in agreements for the
sale of property or assets, (8) customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or rights thereunder, (9) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in any joint
venture agreement, assets sale agreement, stock sale agreement or other similar agreement in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business, but in each case only to the extent such encumbrance or restriction relates to the transfer of
the property, or encumbers or restricts the assets, subject to such agreement, (10) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (11) Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Holders, taken as a whole, than those contained in the
agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, (12) any Liens not prohibited by Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens, or (13) applicable law. 

SECTION 4.09. INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF
DISQUALIFIED STOCK. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur” or an
“incurrence”) any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any Acquired Indebtedness) and that the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any
shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Acquired Indebtedness, in each case if the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is
issued would have been at least 3.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock had been issued or incurred, as the
case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

  
 51 

 The foregoing provisions shall not apply to the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of any of the following Indebtedness: 
 (a) Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an
aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) €125,000,000, plus any fees, premiums, expenses (including costs of collection), indemnities and similar amounts payable in connection with such
Indebtedness, and less any amounts derived from Asset Sales and applied to the permanent reduction of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof and (y) 10% of the Company’s Consolidated Total Assets;

 (b) Existing Indebtedness; 

(c) Hedging Obligations; 
 (d) Indebtedness represented by the Original Notes, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer or the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

(e) intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that
(1) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, then the Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated in right of payment to all of the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes or such
Guarantor’s obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, and (2) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, or any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as of the date of such issuance, sale or other transfer that is not permitted by this clause (e); 
 (f) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds issued for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or
obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety obligations (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed); 

(g) Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations (or any
guarantee thereof or indemnity with respect thereto), in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness 

  
 52 

 
incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (g), not to exceed €20,000,000 at any time outstanding; 

(h) the guarantee by the Company of Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by any Restricted Subsidiary of
Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee then the guarantee shall be subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (i) intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with cash pooling or other cash management
arrangements; 
 (j) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which
are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the first paragraph and clauses (b), (d), (g) and (j) of the second paragraph of this Section 4.09; 

(k) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (other than Guarantors) in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed 5% of the Company’s Consolidated Total Assets minus the sum of all Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (other than Guarantors) then outstanding; and 

(l) any additional Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of
€25,000,000 at any one time outstanding and any guarantee thereof. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness which by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) is subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Company or of such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless
such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees of such Guarantor, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same
manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated pursuant to subordination provisions that are most favorable to the holders of any other Indebtedness of the Company or of such Guarantor, as the case may be; provided, however, that no
Indebtedness shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in
clauses (a) through (l) of the second paragraph, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph, of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted 

  
 53 

 
to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09.

 The reclassification as Indebtedness of operating leases due to a change in accounting principles will not be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness for the purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 SECTION 4.10. ASSET SALES.

 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale (excluding for
this purpose an Event of Loss) unless (a) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in accordance with the
definition of such term, the results of which determination shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of and (b) at least 75% of the
consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the amount of (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted
Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability and (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted within 180 days by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion) shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this
Section 4.10. 
 Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale (including, without limitation,
any Event of Loss), the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds to (a) permanently repay the principal of any Indebtedness of the Company ranking in right of payment at least pari passu with the Notes or any
Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary (provided that if such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor then such Indebtedness shall rank in right of payment at least pari passu with its Subsidiary Guarantee), (b) make capital
expenditures in respect of Strategic Assets, or (c) acquire (including by way of a purchase of assets or a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person, by merger, by consolidation or otherwise) Strategic Assets, provided that if the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary enters into a binding agreement to acquire such Strategic Assets within such 365-day period, but the consummation of the transactions under such agreement has not occurred within such 365-day period and such agreement has
not been terminated, then such 365-day period shall be extended by 90 days to permit such consummation. If such consummation shall not occur, or such agreement shall be terminated within such 90-day extension period, then the Company may apply, or
cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, within 90 days after the end of such initial 90-day extension period or the effective date of such termination, whichever is earlier, such Net Proceeds as provided in clauses (a) through (c) of
this paragraph. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce outstanding revolving credit 

  
 54 

 
borrowings, including borrowings under the Credit Facilities, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that
are not applied or invested as provided in clauses (a) through (c) of this paragraph shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Within 30 days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
€10,000,000, the Company shall commence an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 3.09 hereof to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof; provided, however, that, if the Company is required to apply such
Excess Proceeds to purchase, or to offer to purchase, any Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Company shall only be required to offer to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the amount of such Excess Proceeds
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding plus the aggregate principal amount of Pari Passu
Indebtedness outstanding. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the amount that the Company is required to purchase, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for
general corporate purposes in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount that the Company is required to purchase, the Trustee shall select the Notes to
be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $200,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased). Upon completion of
such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or suffer to exist any agreement (other than any agreement governing the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Credit Facilities) that would place any restriction of any kind (other than pursuant to
law or regulation) on the ability of the Company to make an Asset Sale Offer. 
 The Company shall comply with the requirements
of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of Notes as a result of an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions relating to the Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations
described above by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 4.11. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the

  
 55 

 
benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless (a) such Affiliate Transaction is in writing and on terms that, when taken as a whole,
are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person or, if there is no such comparable
transaction, on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and (b) the Company delivers to the Trustee (i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate consideration in excess of €2,000,000, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above and (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of €5,000,000, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above
and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors and (iii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of €15,000,000, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm that is,
in the judgment of the Board of Directors, qualified to render such opinion and is independent with respect to the Company; provided, however, that the following shall be deemed not to be Affiliate Transactions: (A) any employment
agreement or other employee compensation plan or arrangement (including stock option plans) entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(B) transactions between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any such transaction); (C) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed €1,000,000 outstanding at any one
time; (D) indemnities of officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by provisions of the organizational documents of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or applicable law; (E) the
payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries who are not employees of the Company or any Subsidiary; (F) any agreement or arrangement in effect as of the Issue Date or any
amendment thereto or replacement thereof or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment or replacement agreement) so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement, taken as a whole, is no more disadvantageous to
the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; and (G) Restricted Payments and Permitted Investments that are permitted by the provisions of Section 4.07 hereof. 

SECTION 4.12. LIENS. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter
acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, except Permitted Liens, to secure (a) any Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (if it is 

  
 56 

 
not also a Guarantor), unless prior to, or contemporaneously therewith, the Notes are equally and ratably secured, or (b) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor, unless prior to, or
contemporaneously therewith, the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor is equally and ratably secured; provided, however, that if such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, the Lien securing such
Indebtedness will be subordinated and junior to the Lien securing the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, with the same relative priority as such Indebtedness has with respect to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee. 

SECTION 4.13. GUARANTEES OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS BY
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES. 
 The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, to guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor (the “Other Company Indebtedness”) other than Permitted Guarantees, unless such Restricted Subsidiary (if it is not already a Guarantor) contemporaneously
executes and delivers a Subsidiary Guarantee and a supplemental indenture to this Indenture in accordance with the terms of Section 10.02 hereof, which Subsidiary Guarantee will be senior to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee of such
Other Company Indebtedness if such Other Company Indebtedness so guaranteed is subordinated Indebtedness. 
 SECTION 4.14.
CORPORATE EXISTENCE. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done
all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, and, subject to Article 10 hereof, the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the
respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve the existence of any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

SECTION 4.15. OFFER TO PURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF
CONTROL. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the
Company to purchase all or any portion (equal to $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes, pursuant to an offer described in this Section 4.15 (a “Change of Control
Offer”), at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days
following a Change of Control, the Company shall give notice to each Holder and the Trustee stating: (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days but no later than 60 days from the date such notice is given (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);
(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; (4) that, unless the Company defaults in 

  
 57 

 
the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, properly endorsed for transfer, together with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase”
on the reverse of the Notes completed and such customary documents as the Company may reasonably request, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of
Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, no later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Notes are
being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $200,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof. If any of the Notes subject to a Change of Control Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases. Further,
the Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the purchase of Notes as a result
of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions relating to the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described above by virtue thereof. 
 (b) On or before 10:00 a.m. New
York time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (a) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
(b) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (c) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an
Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly deliver to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes,
and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such
new Note will be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment
Date. 
 (c) The Change of Control provisions described above shall be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this
Indenture are applicable. 
 (d) The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.15 that require the Company to make a Change of
Control Offer following a Change of Control shall be applicable regardless 

  
 58 

 
of whether any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (e) The provisions of this Section 4.15 relating to the Company’s obligation to
make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or modified, prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, with the written consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

SECTION 4.16. ISSUANCES AND SALES OF CAPITAL STOCK
OF RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES. 
 The Company (i) shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to, transfer, convey, sell or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) and
(ii) shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its Equity Interests to any Person other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (except, in the case of both clauses (i) and
(ii) above, as required in the manner described in clause (b) under the definition of “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”, provided that the business and management of the Restricted Subsidiary is, by contract or
otherwise, controlled by the Company), unless: 
 (1) the Net Proceeds from such issuance, transfer, conveyance,
sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof and 
 (2) immediately after
giving effect to such transfer, conveyance, sale or other disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary either continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary or, if such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, any remaining
Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.07 hereof if made on the date of such transfer, conveyance, sale or other disposition. 

For purposes of this Section 4.16, the creation or perfection of a Lien on any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company to secure any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be a disposition of such Capital Stock; provided, however, any sale by the secured party of such Capital Stock following
foreclosure of its Lien shall be subject to this Section 4.16. 
 SECTION 4.17.
SALE-AND-LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS. 
 The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale-and-leaseback transaction; provided, however, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, may enter into a sale-and-leaseback transaction if
(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount 

  
 59 

 
equal to the Attributable Indebtedness relating to such sale-and-leaseback transaction pursuant to the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
Section 4.09 hereof and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof, (ii) the gross cash proceeds of such sale-and-leaseback transaction are at least equal to the fair market value (as
determined in accordance with the definition of such term, the results of which determination shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the property that is the subject of such sale-and-leaseback transaction
and (iii) the transfer of assets in such sale-and-leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof, if applicable. 

SECTION 4.18. NO INDUCEMENTS. 
 The Company shall not, and the Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries, either directly or indirectly, to pay (or cause to be paid) any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or
otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver, amendment or supplement of any terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, unless such consideration is offered to be paid (or agreed to be paid) to all Holders which
so consent, waive or agree to amend or supplement in the time frame set forth on solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 SECTION 4.19. ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS 
 All
payments made by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor under or with respect to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty,
levy, interest, assessment or other governmental charge (“Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of any jurisdiction in which the Company or any Guarantor (including any successor entities) is then organized or resident for tax
purposes or any political subdivision thereof or therein or any jurisdiction by or through which payment is made (each, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the Company or any Guarantor (or any Paying Agent) is required to
withhold or deduct Taxes under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant taxing authority. If the Company or any Guarantor (or any Paying Agent) is so required to withhold or
deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company or any such Guarantor (and each Paying Agent) will pay to each Holder of the Notes that are outstanding
on the date of the required payment, such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by such Holder (including the Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not
be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted, provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to any Note: 

(a) surrendered by the Holder thereof for payment of principal more than 30 days after the later of (1) the date on
which such payment first became due and (2) if the full amount payable has not been received by or on behalf of the relevant 

  
 60 

 
Holder on or prior to such due date, the date on which, the full amount having been so received, notice to that effect shall have been given to the Holders by the Trustee, except to the extent
that the Holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts on surrendering such Note for payment on the last day of the applicable 30-day period; 
 (b) if any tax, assessment or other governmental charge is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure to comply by the Holder or, if different, the beneficial owner (ayant-droit) of the Note with
a request addressed to such Holder or beneficial owner to provide information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner which
is required or imposed by a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such tax, assessment or governmental charge; 

(c) held by or on behalf of a Holder who is liable for Taxes in respect of such Note by reason of having some connection
with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction other than the mere purchase, holding or disposition of any Note, or the receipt of payments made by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor in respect thereof or any Subsidiary Guarantee, including,
without limitation, such Holder being or having been a citizen or resident thereof or being or having been present or engaged in a trade or business therein or having had a permanent establishment therein; 

(d) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or other similar tax, assessment or
other governmental charge; 
 (e) except in the case of the winding up of the Company or any Guarantor, any Note
surrendered for payment in the Republic of France; 
 (f) any withholding or deduction imposed on a payment to an
individual which is required to be made pursuant to any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting
of 26–27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any agreement between the European Community and any jurisdiction providing for equivalent measures; 

(g) as a result of any combination of (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) or with respect to any payment made by or
on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of any Note or Subsidiary Guarantee to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor or
beneficial owner would not have been entitled to any Additional Amounts had such beneficiary or settlor or beneficial owner been the Holder; or 

  
 61 

 (h) such withholding or deduction is imposed or levied on a payment to a
Luxembourg resident individual and is required to be made pursuant to the Luxembourg law of 23 December 2005. 
 The
Company or any Guarantor will also make such withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Company will furnish, within 60 days after the date the payment of
any Taxes is due pursuant to applicable law, to the Trustee, copies of tax receipts (to the extent received from the relevant tax authorities in the usual course or as generally provided) evidencing that such payment has been made by the Company or
any Guarantor. The Trustee will make such evidence available to the Holders upon request. 
 At least 30 days prior to each date
on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees is due and payable, if the Company or any Guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Company will deliver to each
Paying Agent an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, and the amount so payable and will set forth such other information as necessary to enable such Paying Agent to pay such Additional Amounts to
the Holders of the Notes on the payment date. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, (a) the payment of principal (and premium, if any), (b) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of the Notes,
(c) interest or (d) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such mention is deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this section to the extent,
that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 The Company or a Guarantor, as
the case may be, will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise in the United States, the Republic of France or in any jurisdiction in which a Paying Agent
is located from the initial issue or registration of the Notes or on the enforcement of any payments with respect to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 The obligations of the Company or any Guarantor described in this Section 4.19 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or any transfer by a holder or beneficial owner of its
notes, and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer or any Guarantor is incorporated, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through
which such Person makes any payment on the notes and any department or any political subdivision thereof or therein. 
 SECTION 4.20.
ENFORCEABILITY OF JUDGMENTS; INDEMNIFICATION FOR FOREIGN CURRENCY JUDGMENTS. 

The obligations of the Company to any Holder or the Trustee shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment
Currency”) other than United States dollars (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the day following receipt 

  
 62 

 
by such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, of any amount in the Judgment Currency, such Holder or the Trustee may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement
Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the amount originally to be paid to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, in the Agreement Currency, the Company agrees, as a separate
obligation and notwithstanding such judgment, to pay to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, the difference, and if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased exceeds the amount originally to be paid to such Holder or the Trustee,
as the case may be, such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall pay to or for the account of the Company such excess; provided that such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall not have any obligation to pay any such excess
as long as a Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case such excess may be applied by such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, to such obligations. 
 SECTION 4.21. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in the conduct of any business other than the business being conducted on the Issue Date and such other businesses
as are reasonably necessary or desirable to facilitate the conduct and operation of, or ancillary or reasonably related to, such businesses, except to the extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole. 
 SECTION 4.22. ANTI-LAYERING. 

The Company shall not and shall not permit any Guarantor to incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right
of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, unless the Indebtedness so incurred is either pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the
case may be. 
 Unsecured Indebtedness will not be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to secured Indebtedness solely
because it is unsecured, and Indebtedness that is not guaranteed by a particular Person is not deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to Indebtedness that is so guaranteed solely because it is not so guaranteed. 

SECTION 4.23. EFFECTIVENESS OF COVENANTS AND EVENTS OF
DEFAULT. 
 The covenants described under clauses (b)(iii) and (b)(iv) in Section 10.03 (“Guarantors
may Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms”), Section 4.07 (“Restricted Payments”), Section 4.09 (“Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock”), Section 4.08 (“Dividend and Other Payment
Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”), Section 4.11 (“Transactions with Affiliates”), Section 4.21 (“Conduct of Business”), Section 4.10 (“Asset Sales”), clauses (i)(a), (ii) and
(iii) in Section 4.17 (“Sale-and-Leaseback Transactions”) and Section 4.16 (“Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries”) and the Events of Default described in clauses (e) and (f) in
Section 6.01 

  
 63 

 
(“Events of Default”) (collectively, the “Suspended Provisions”) will no longer be in effect upon the Company attaining Investment Grade Status. If at any time the
Company’s credit rating is downgraded from Investment Grade Status, then the Suspended Provisions will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including
in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Company subsequently attains Investment Grade Status (in which event the Suspended Provisions shall again no
longer be in effect for such time that the Company maintains Investment Grade Status); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under the Indenture with respect to the Suspended
Provisions based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring after the Company attains Investment Grade Status and before any reinstatement of such Suspended Provisions
as provided above, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to such reinstatement, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Provisions remained in
effect during such period. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 SECTION 5.01. SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
SUBSTITUTED. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company not constituting an Event of Default pursuant to with Section 6.01(f) hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which
the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company
under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from its obligations under this Indenture or the Notes in
the case of any such lease. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01. EVENTS OF
DEFAULT. 
 An “Event of Default” occurs if: 

  
 64 

 (a) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest on the Notes,
and such default continues for a period of 30 days; 
 (b) the Company defaults in the payment when due of
principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; 
 (c) the Company fails to comply with any of the provisions of
Sections 4.10 or 4.15 hereof; 
 (d) the Company fails to observe or perform any other covenant or other
agreement in this Indenture or the Notes for 30 days after it receives written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such failure; 

(e) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution described in subclause
(y) of Section 4.07(c) hereof, which declaration, payment or distribution would not be permitted by Section 4.07 hereof if it were treated as a Restricted Payment; 

(f) the Company consolidates or merges (fusion) with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving
corporation), or sells, assigns, transfers, leases, conveys, demerges (scission) or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to, another Person unless: (1) the
Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance, demerger or other disposition shall have been made
is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States (or any state thereof or the District of Columbia), France or any other member state of the European Union (as constituted on the Issue Date); (2) the Person formed by
or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance, demerger or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under
the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; (4) except in the case of a merger of the
Company with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance,
demerger or other disposition shall have been made, (i) shall have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after the transaction equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding the transaction and
(ii) shall, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least €1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and (5) the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance

  
 65 

 
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and any supplemental indenture in respect thereto comply with
this provision and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied with and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that the requirements of clauses (1) and (2) of this
Section 6.01(f) have been satisfied; 
 (g) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium or interest on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration
of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness, including any extension thereof (a “Payment Default”) or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of €10,000,000; and
provided, further, that if such default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 10 days from the continuation of such default beyond the applicable grace period or the
occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, an Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; 

(h) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are entered by a court or courts of competent
jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgment or judgments are not paid or discharged for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of 60 days; provided that the aggregate of
all such undischarged judgments (not covered by insurance) exceeds €10,000,000; 
 (i) the failure of any
Guarantor to perform any covenant set forth in its Subsidiary Guarantee or the repudiation by any Guarantor of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the unenforceability of any Subsidiary Guarantee for any reason other than as provided
in this Indenture; 
 (j) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is unable to pay its debts as they fall due
and commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors; 

(k) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary takes any corporate action or other steps are taken or legal proceedings are
started under applicable bankruptcy 

  
 66 

 
laws for its redressement judiciaire, liquidation judiciaire, réglement amiable or other winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (whether by way of voluntary
arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) or for the appointment of a mandataire ad hoc, administrateur provisîoire, mandataire liquidateur, conciliateur or other liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver,
conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its revenues and assets, other than an action, legal proceeding or other step on vexatious or frivolous grounds or which is withdrawn or discharged within 40 days; or

 (l) any execution or distress is levied against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any part
of, the property, undertaking or assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any event occurs which under the laws of any jurisdiction has a similar or analogous effect in relation to property, undertaking or assets the value of which is
superior to €5,000,000, other than an action, legal proceeding or other step on vexatious or frivolous grounds or which is withdrawn or discharged within 40 days. 
 SECTION 6.02. ACCELERATION. 
 If any Event of Default occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee may, by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, and the Trustee shall, upon the request of such Holders,
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (j), (k) or (l) of
Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except
nonpayment of principal, interest or premium, if any, that have become due solely because of such acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
 If an Event of Default occurs by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would
have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by
law, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding. 
 SECTION 6.03. OTHER
REMEDIES. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to
collect the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

  
 67 

 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does
not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence
in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 SECTION 6.04. WAIVER OF
PAST DEFAULTS. 
 Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this
Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 SECTION 6.05.
CONTROL BY MAJORITY. 
 Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 SECTION 6.06. LIMITATION ON SUITS. 
 A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
 (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

(c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to
the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60
days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
 (e) during
such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 

  
 68 

 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to
obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
 SECTION 6.07. RIGHTS OF
HOLDERS OF NOTES TO RECEIVE PAYMENT. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due
dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 SECTION 6.08. COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest
and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

SECTION 6.09. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in
order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to
the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any
such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by
a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or
arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes
or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 69 

 SECTION 6.10. PRIORITIES. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment
of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Trustee’s reasonable costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due
and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest respectively; and 
 Third: to the
Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment
date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 SECTION 6.11. UNDERTAKING FOR
COSTS. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a
suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 

SECTION 7.01. DUTIES OF TRUSTEE. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

  
 70 

 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express
provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the
statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to
determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from
liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so
provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability; provided, however, if the Trustee elects to take any such action (including, but
not limited to, the institution of defense of legal proceedings) it shall be entitled to security or indemnity for the payment of costs, expenses (including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and expenses) and liabilities which may be
incurred thereby, satisfactory to the Trustee. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and
indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any
money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

  
 71 

 SECTION 7.02. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains
from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good
faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

(g) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article 4 hereof or under any
other agreement to which the Company is a party. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (1) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) hereof; or
(2) any Default or Event of Default of which its Responsible Officer shall have received written notification at its Corporate Trust Office or obtained actual knowledge. 
 (h) The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture. 

(i) In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders of Notes,
each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, shall be taken. 

  
 72 

 (j) The permissive right of the Trustee to take the actions permitted by this Indenture
shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so. 
 (k) Except for information provided by the Trustee concerning the
Trustee, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for any information in any offering memorandum or other disclosure material distributed with respect to the Notes, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for compliance with any state or
Federal securities laws in connection with the Notes. 
 SECTION 7.03. INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF
TRUSTEE. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and
may otherwise deal with the Company, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and
7.11 hereof. 
 SECTION 7.04. TRUSTEE’S DISCLAIMER. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity, enforceability or adequacy of this Indenture or
the Notes; it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture; it shall not be responsible for the use or
application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee; it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to
this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication; and it shall not be responsible for any loss suffered in connection with any investment of funds made by it in accordance with this Indenture. 

SECTION 7.05. NOTICE OF DEFAULTS. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall
mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold
the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
 SECTION 7.06. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES. 

Within 60 days after each September 15 beginning with the September 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as
Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA (but if no event described in Section 313(a) of the TIA has occurred
within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be 

  
 73 

 
transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Sections 313(b)(2) and 313(b)(1) of the TIA. The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Section 313(c) of the TIA.

 Commencing at the time this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, a copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the
Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Section 313(d) of the TIA. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed
on any stock exchange, including, but not limited to, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. 
 SECTION 7.07. COMPENSATION
AND INDEMNITY. 
 The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request
for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and
counsel. 
 The Company and the Guarantors, on a joint and several basis, shall indemnify the Trustee, its directors, employees,
agents and affiliates against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of
enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for
which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The
Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture. 
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to
the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

  
 74 

 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(j), (k) or (l) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable
bankruptcy law. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Section 313(b)(2) of the TIA to the extent applicable.

 SECTION 7.08. REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may
remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any applicable bankruptcy law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;
or 
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply
with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring 

  
 75 

 
Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien
provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 SECTION 7.09. SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, by sale or otherwise, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. As soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Company and the Holders of the Notes. Any
such successor must nevertheless be eligible and qualified under the provisions of Section 7.10 hereof. 
 SECTION 7.10.
ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION. 
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state
authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) of the TIA. The Trustee is subject to Section 310(b) of the TIA;
provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Company
are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met. 
 SECTION 7.11.
PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY. 
 The Trustee is subject to the TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in the TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to the TIA
Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 SECTION 7.12. FORCE MAJEURE;
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. 
 (a) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee
shall be without liability to the Company, the Guarantors, the Holders or any other Person for any damage or loss resulting from or caused by events or circumstances beyond the Trustee’s reasonable control including nationalization,
expropriation, currency restrictions, the interruption, disruption or suspension of the normal procedures and practices of any securities market, power, mechanical, communications or other technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or
the like, fires, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters, civil and 

  
 76 

 
military disturbance, acts of war or terrorism, riots, revolution, acts of God, work stoppages, strikes, national disasters of any kind, or other similar events or acts; errors by the Company in
its instructions to the Custodian; or changes in applicable law, regulation or orders. 
 (b) In no event shall the Trustee or
its directors, officers, agents and employees be liable for special, punitive, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages, including, without limitation, and damages from loss of data, revenue or profit, even if the Trustee had been advised of
the possibility of such damages. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE; 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 SECTION 8.01. OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE
OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE. 
 The Company may, at the option of its Board of
Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, exercise its rights under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below
in this Article 8. 
 SECTION 8.02. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.

 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the
Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have discharged its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have discharged its
obligations with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee, on the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall
be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged its Subsidiary Guarantee (which in each case shall thereafter be deemed to be
“outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.06 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below) and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes or Subsidiary Guarantee
and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged
hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and
interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.07, 2.10 and 4.02 hereof and the second paragraph of Section 4.19 hereof, (c) the rights,
powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise
its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 

  
 77 

 SECTION 8.03. COVENANT DEFEASANCE. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each
Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their respective obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other than those in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.06, 4.14
and 4.19) on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver,
consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not
be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company and any Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other
document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon
the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(d) through 6.01(i) hereof shall
not constitute Events of Default. 
 SECTION 8.04. CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR
COVENANT DEFEASANCE. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in
U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, if
any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service and the French Tax Authority a ruling or (B) since the date of this
Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
U.S. Federal or French income tax purposes, respectively, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal or French income tax 

  
 78 

 
on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal or French income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject
to U.S. Federal or French income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either (A) on the date of such deposit
(other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness or the grant of Liens securing such Indebtedness, all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article 8
concurrently with such incurrence or within 30 days thereof) or (B) insofar as Events of Default described in Sections 6.01(j) through 6.01(l) are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 550th day after the date of such deposit;

 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound; 

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may be based on such solvency
certificates or solvency opinions as counsel deems necessary or appropriate) to the effect that, after the 550th day following such deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization
or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; 
 (g) the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors
of the Company or others; and 
 (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

  
 79 

 SECTION 8.05. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE. 

This Indenture shall upon the written request of the Company cease to be of further effect with respect to all outstanding Notes (except
as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under Section 7.07, and the Trustee’s and each Paying Agent’s obligations
under Sections 8.06 and 8.07), and the Trustee, on demand and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series, when: 

(a) either 
 (ii) all outstanding Notes therefor authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07
and (B) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 (iii) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation 

(A) have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise; or 

(B) shall become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or 

(C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of
notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, 
 and the Company or any Guarantor, in the
case of clause (A), (B) or (C) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest and as certified by an independent public accountant designated by the Company expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee) to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal (and premium, if any) and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of such deposit (in
the case of Notes which have become due and payable) or the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; 
 (a) the Company and each Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable hereunder by it under this Indenture; 

  
 80 

 (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on
the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the
Company or any Guarantor is bound; and 
 (c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

In order to have money available on a payment date to pay principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, the U.S. Government
Securities shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, or interest at least one Business Day before such payment date in such amounts as shall provide the necessary money. The U.S. Government Securities shall not be callable at the
issuer’s option. 
 SECTION 8.06. DEPOSITED MONEY AND U.S. GOVERNMENT
SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST; OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. 

Subject to Section 8.07 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with
the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.05 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be (i) held in trust, (ii) and, at the written direction of the Company, such money may be invested, prior to maturity of the Notes, in
non-callable U.S. Government Securities, and (iii) applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying
Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
by law. 
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against
the cash or non-callable U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.05 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the
Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver
or pay to the Company from time to time upon the written request of the Company any money or non-callable U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 or 8.05 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which in the former case may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be
required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 81 

 SECTION 8.07. REPAYMENT TO COMPANY. 

Subject to applicable escheat and abandoned property laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (which money shall be
held uninvested and without liability for interest), or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if
any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only
to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or
such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

Nothing contained in this Section 8.07 shall be deemed to affect any obligation of the Trustee or any Paying Agent to search for
lost Holders pursuant to Rule 17Ad-17 under the Exchange Act. 
 SECTION 8.08. REINSTATEMENT. 

If the Trustee or a Paying Agent is unable to apply any dollars or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.05 or 8.06
hereof, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02, 8.03 or 8.05 hereof until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with
Section 8.05 or 8.06 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company or any Guarantor makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, then it
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

SECTION 9.01. WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement
this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 

  
 82 

 (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(c) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes pursuant to
Section 6.01(f) hereof; 
 (d) to secure the Notes pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.12 or
otherwise; 
 (e) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the
Notes or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of a Note; 
 (f) to
add or to release any Guarantor, in each case as provided in Article 10 hereof; or 
 (g) to comply with
requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 
 Upon the written
request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee
shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein
contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 SECTION 9.02. WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and
the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or
exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). 
 Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee
of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the

  
 83 

 
execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in
which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or
any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes
held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter
any of the provisions with respect to the redemption or purchase of the Notes by the Company; 
 (c) reduce the
rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the
payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration); 
 (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or Events of Default or the
rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; 

(g) waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect to any Note; 

(h) make any change in the ranking of the Notes relative to other Indebtedness of the Company or in any Subsidiary
Guarantees relative to other Indebtedness of the Guarantors, in either case in a manner adverse to the Holders of Notes; 

  
 84 

 (i) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with Sections 10.04, 10.05 and 10.06 hereof; 
 (j) make any
change in the provisions of Section 4.19 hereof in a manner adverse to the Holders; or 
 (k) make any
change in the foregoing amendment, supplement and waiver provisions. 
 SECTION 9.03. COMPLIANCE WITH
TRUST INDENTURE ACT. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the
Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.04.
REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS. 
 Until an
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting
Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date
the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 SECTION 9.05. NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company
in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 9.06. TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC. 
 After receipt by the Trustee of the Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel in accordance with this Section 9.06, the Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized
pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors approves
it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the
execution of such amended or supplemental 

  
 85 

 
indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and all conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 GUARANTEES OF NOTES 

SECTION 10.01. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 
 Subject to Section 10.07 hereof, the Initial Guarantors, and any additional Guarantors that become Guarantors after the date of this Indenture; provided that, at any time a Restricted
Subsidiary may become a Guarantor at its option, by executing a supplemental indenture as set forth in Section 10.02 hereof, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee
and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes held thereby and the Obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and premium, if any, and interest
(to the extent permitted by law) on the Notes, and all other payment Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof;
and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any
applicable grace period, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason the Guarantors will be jointly and severally
obligated to pay the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Subsidiary Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors
hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the Obligations of the Company. The Guarantors agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this
Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other
circumstance (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be
discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any custodian or
other similar official acting under any applicable bankruptcy law in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary

  
 86 

 
Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to, and waives, any right of subrogation in
relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of the Obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on
the other hand, (a) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become
due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of its Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders
under the Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 SECTION 10.02. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE. 
 To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01
hereof, each Guarantor (including any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor at its option) agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto may be endorsed by manual or facsimile signature by
an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that the supplemental indenture to this Indenture referred to in the next succeeding paragraph shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of
such Guarantor. 
 To the extent required by the provisions of Section 4.13 hereof, the Company shall cause each of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to execute a notation of Subsidiary Guarantee in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, and, whether or not required by Section 4.13 hereof, the Company may also cause, at its option, any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to execute such a notation. Such notation of Subsidiary Guarantee shall be accompanied by a supplemental indenture in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto, along with the Opinion of Counsel and Officers’ Certificate required
under Section 9.06 of this Indenture; provided, however, that any Subsidiary that has been properly designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture need not execute a notation of Subsidiary Guarantee for so
long as it continues to constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the
authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantees on behalf of the Guarantors. Each Guarantor agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to
endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on the notation of Subsidiary
Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a notation of Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

  
 87 

 SECTION 10.03. GUARANTORS MAY CONSOLIDATE,
ETC., ON CERTAIN TERMS. 
 (a) Except as set forth in Articles 4
and 5 hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture shall prohibit a merger between a Guarantor and another Guarantor or a merger between a Guarantor and the Company. 
 (b) No Guarantor, for so long as it provides a Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, shall consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving
Person), another Person (other than the Company or another Guarantor), unless: (i) subject to the provisions of Section 10.05 hereof, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) assumes
all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Notes and this Indenture, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto, accompanied by a notation of its Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in such supplemental
indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; (iii) such Guarantor, or any Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, would have a Consolidated Net Worth
(immediately after giving effect to such transaction) equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of such Guarantor immediately preceding the transaction; and (iv) the Company would be permitted by virtue of the Company’s pro
forma Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, to incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph
of Section 4.09 hereof. 
 (c) In the case of any such consolidation or merger and upon the assumption by the successor
Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants of this Indenture to be
performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor; provided, however, that, solely for purposes of computing Consolidated
Net Income for purposes of clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof, the Consolidated Net Income of any Person other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall only be included for periods subsequent to the
effective time of such merger or consolidation. 
 SECTION 10.04. RELEASES OF GUARANTEES.

 In the event of (a) a transfer, conveyance, sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of Sercel SA or any Sercel
Guarantor or (b) the issue by Sercel SA or any Sercel Guarantor of any Equity Interests, in either case to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company may elect to have the Sercel Guarantors released
and relieved of any obligations under their Subsidiary Guarantees; provided that the Net Proceeds of such issuance, transfer, conveyance, sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the covenant described in Section 4.10 and
the Sercel Guarantors have no other guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantors (other than Permitted Guarantees) then outstanding. If a Restricted Subsidiary has become a Guarantor

  
 88 

 
at its option, it may thereafter be released and relieved of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee at its option; provided that such Guarantor has no other guarantee of
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor (other than Permitted Guarantees) then outstanding. For purposes of Section 4.09 hereof the release of any Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to provisions described in this paragraph shall be deemed to
be an incurrence by the Restricted Subsidiary whose Subsidiary Guarantee is being released of all Indebtedness then held by such Restricted Subsidiary. Each Subsidiary Guarantee created by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of
Section 4.13 hereof, shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release or discharge of the guarantee of the Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or
release by or as a result of direct payment under such guarantee of such Indebtedness; provided that the Guarantor has no other guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor (other than Permitted Guarantees) then outstanding.

 SECTION 10.05. RELEASES FOLLOWING SALE OF ASSETS.

 In the event of a transfer, conveyance, sale or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation) of all or
substantially all of the assets or all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture; provided that the Net Proceeds of such
transfer, conveyance, sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect of the foregoing, the Trustee shall
execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture. Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall
remain liable for the full amount of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and for the other Obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

SECTION 10.06. RELEASES FOLLOWING DESIGNATION AS AN
UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY, ETC. 
 In the event that the Board of Directors
designates a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, then such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture; provided, however, that such designation is conducted in
accordance with this Indenture. A Guarantor shall likewise be released and relieved of such obligations upon the release of any guarantee of the Other Company Indebtedness that required such Guarantor to guarantee the Notes pursuant to
Section 4.13 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect of the foregoing, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from
its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture. 

  
 89 

 SECTION 10.07. LIMITATION ON GUARANTOR
LIABILITY. 
 Each Guarantor and, by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any applicable bankruptcy law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer
Act or any similar Federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor
under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws,
and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations
of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. In addition, the obligation of a Guarantor to grant a Subsidiary Guarantee and the obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee
shall be limited to the extent required by applicable law. 
 SECTION 10.08. “TRUSTEE” TO
INCLUDE PAYING AGENT. 
 In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the
Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used in this Article 10 shall in each case (unless the context shall otherwise require) be construed as extending to and
including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully and for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article 10 in place of the Trustee. 
 ARTICLE 11 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

SECTION 11.01. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Section 318(c) of the TIA, the imposed
duties shall control. 
 SECTION 11.02. NOTICES. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing (in the English language or, if given to the Company or any Guarantor, in French) and
delivered in person or mailed by first class-mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

  
 90 

 If to the Company or the Guarantors: 

Compagnie Générale de Géophysique 
 Tour Maine-Montparnasse 
 33 avenue de Maine 

75755 Paris cedex 15 
 France 
 Attention: General Counsel 

Telecopy No.: (33-1) 64-47-45-67 
 If to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon 

Global Corporate Trust 
 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4E 
 New York, New York 10286 

Telephone: (212) 815-2179 
 Telecopy No.: (212) 815-5366 
 The Company, any of the Guarantors or the
Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or
delivered by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, in each case to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. In addition, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and its rules so require,
any such notice or communication (including, without limitation, any notice of redemption) to Holders shall be published in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg, which newspaper may be the Luxemburger Wort, or if such
newspaper ceases to be published or timely publication in it will not be practicable, in such other newspaper as the Trustee deems necessary to give fair and reasonable notice to the Holders. Notices may also be published on the Internet site of the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange at http://www.bourse.lu. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Section 313(c) of the TIA, to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to provide a notice or communication to a
Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 All notices and communications
shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business
Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt. Any notice or communication given by newspaper or
internet publication shall be deemed to have been given on the date of publication or, if published more than once or on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made in the manner required in

  
 91 

 
the newspaper, in one of the newspapers referred to above or on the internet site referred to above. 
 If a notice or communication is given in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

If the Company gives a notice or communication to Holders, it shall give a copy at the same time to the Trustee and each Agent and, for
so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. 
 In case by reason of the
suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a
sufficient mailing of such notice. 
 SECTION 11.03. COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF
NOTES WITH OTHER HOLDERS OF NOTES. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or
the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA. 
 SECTION
11.04. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the
statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements
set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
 SECTION 11.05. STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a
certificate provided pursuant to Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA shall comply with the provisions of Section 314(e) of the TIA and shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

  
 92 

 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a
statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been
satisfied. 
 SECTION 11.06. RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS.

 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make
reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 SECTION 11.07. NO PERSONAL
LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDERS. 
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or shareholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for
any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 SECTION 11.08.
GOVERNING LAW. 
 THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE AND
ENFORCE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 
 SECTION 11.09. NO ADVERSE
INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS. 
 This Indenture may not be
used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

SECTION 11.10. SUCCESSORS. 
 All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

  
 93 

 SECTION 11.11. SEVERABILITY. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 SECTION 11.12. COUNTERPART
ORIGINALS. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 SECTION 11.13. TABLE OF
CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and
Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 11.14. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SUBMISSION TO
PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. 
 Each of the
Company and the Guarantors irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or U.S. Federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement or any Guarantee or Note. Each of the Company and the Guarantors irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have, pursuant to articles 14 and
15 of the French Civil Code or otherwise, to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in any inconvenient
forum. In furtherance of the foregoing, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably designates and appoints CT Corporation, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011, as the agent of the Company and each of the Guarantors to receive
service of all process brought against the Company or any such Guarantor with respect to any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court in the City and State of New York, such service being hereby acknowledged by the Company and each of the
Guarantors to be effective and binding service in every respect. Copies of any such process so served shall also be given to the Company in accordance with Section 11.02 hereof, but the failure of the Company or any Guarantor to receive such
copies shall not affect in any way the service of such process as aforesaid. On the Issue Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee a consent of CT Corporation agreeing to act hereunder. If for any reason CT Corporation shall
resign or otherwise cease to act as such agent, the Company and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agrees to (A) immediately designate and appoint a new agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to serve in such capacity and, in such
event, such new agent shall be deemed to be substituted for CT Corporation for all purposes hereof and (B) promptly deliver to the Trustee the written 

  
 94 

 
consent (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) of such new agent agreeing to serve in such capacity. 

Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of the Trustee or any Holder to bring proceedings against the Company or any Guarantor in
the courts of any other jurisdiction or to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 
 To the extent permitted by
applicable law, each of the parties hereto hereby waives, and the Holders, by acceptance of their Notes, shall be deemed to have waived, any right to have a jury participate in resolving any dispute, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise,
between or among the parties or any other Persons in connection with or arising out of, connected with, or incidental to this Indenture, the Notes or any related agreement. Instead any such dispute shall be resolved in a bench trial without a jury.

 [Signature pages follow.] 

  
 95 

			
	 The foregoing indenture is hereby accepted
 and agreed as of the date first written above:
  
 COMPAGNIE GENERALE DE
 GEOPHYSIQUE—VERITAS

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer

			
	
	 The foregoing indenture is hereby accepted
 and agreed as of the date first written above:
  
 CGGVERITAS SERVICES HOLDING B.V.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 CGGVERITAS SERVICES (UK) HOLDING B.V.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 CGGVERITAS SERVICES HOLDING (U.S.) INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 CGGVERITAS LAND (U.S.) INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 CGGVERITAS SERVICES (U.S.) INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 VERITAS INVESTMENTS INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 The foregoing indenture is hereby accepted and agreed as of the date first written above:

 
 VIKING MARITIME INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 VERITAS GEOPHYSICAL (MEXICO) LLC

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 ALITHEIA RESOURCES INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 CGG CANADA SERVICES LTD.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 CGG MARINE RESOURCES NORGE A/S

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 SERCEL, INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 SERCEL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 SERCEL CANADA LTD.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Stéphane-Paul Frydman

Authorized Signatory

			
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee

		
	By:	 	/s/ Catherine F. Donohue
	 Name:
 Title:
	 	 Catherine F. Donohue
 Vice
President

 EXHIBIT A 

(Face of Note) 

COMPAGNIE GÉNÉRALE DE GÉOPHYSIQUE—VERITAS 

Form of 6 1/2% [Original][Exchange]Senior Note due 2021 
 No:
[ ] 
 Up to [ ] 
 Common Code: [ ] 
 CUSIP: [ ] 

ISIN : [ ] 

Compagnie Générale de Géophysique—Veritas hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns,
the principal sum set forth in the Schedule of Exchange of Notes attached hereto on June 1, 2021. 
 Interest Payment
Dates: June 1 and December 1 
 Record Dates: May 15 and November 15 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	COMPAGNIE GENERALE DE GEOPHYSIQUE—VERITAS
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION: 
 This is one of the Global Notes referred 
 to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
 The Bank of New York Mellon, 

as Trustee 

			
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Date of Authentication:
                                         
                                

  
 A-2

 (Back of Note) 

6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2021 
 [Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Notes in definitive form, this Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a
nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized
representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York) (“DTC”), to the issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of
Cede & Co. or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE
OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.]1 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 
 “THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION
THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS SIX MONTHS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY,
(II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 

 
  

	1 	 This paragraph should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-3

 
144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) (V) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE
FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.” 
 [Regulation S Legend] 

“THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL
APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 [Definitive Notes Legend] 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER
SHALL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

  
 A-4

 1. INTEREST. Compagnie Générale de
Géophysique—Veritas, a société anonyme incorporated in France and registered at the Paris commercial register under number 969 202 241 (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal
amount of this Note at 6 1/2% per annum from
May 31, 2011 until maturity and shall pay the special interest payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. All references herein, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with
respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any special interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on
December 1, 2011, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or,
if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face
hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication.
The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under applicable bankruptcy law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is the rate then in effect; it shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under applicable bankruptcy law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD
OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 and November 15 next preceding
the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as
to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the continental United States and, subject to any fiscal or other laws and regulations applicable thereto, at the specified offices
of any other Paying Agent appointed by the Company for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that
payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, interest and premium, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the
Company or a Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The principal of the Notes shall be payable only upon
surrender of any Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or at the specified offices of any other Paying Agent. 
 If
the due date for payment of the principal in respect of any Note is not a Business Day at the place in which it is presented for payment, the Holder thereof shall not be entitled to payment of the amount due until the next succeeding Business Day at
such place and shall not be entitled to any further interest or other payment in respect of any such delay. 

  
 A-5

 3. PAYING AGENTS AND
REGISTRARS. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar at its Corporate Trust Office in New York, New York, and Dexia Banque
Internationale à Luxembourg, société anonyme will act as Registrar and Paying Agent in Luxembourg. The Company may at any time designate one or more additional Paying Agents or rescind the designation of any Paying Agent or
approve a change in the office through which any Paying Agent acts, except that the Company will be required to maintain a Paying Agent in the continental United States. The Company will give notice to the Holders of any such change by publication
in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg, which newspaper is expected to be Luxemburger Wort, or if such newspaper ceases to be published or timely publication in it will not be practicable, in such other newspaper as the
Trustee deems necessary to give fair and reasonable notice to the Holders. Such notices may also be published on the internet site of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange at http://www.bourse.lu. 

4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 31, 2011 (the
“Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.
Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company limited to up to
$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount in the case of Notes issued on May 31, 2011. 
 5. OPTIONAL
REDEMPTION. 
 (a) At any time prior to June 1, 2016, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in
whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the date of redemption. 

(b) At any time on or after June 1, 2016, the Company shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2016
	  	 	103.250	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.167	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.083	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (c) Further, prior to June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem on any one or more occasions Notes
(including Exchange Notes) representing up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued from time to time under the Indenture (including any Notes originally issued after the Issue Date but excluding for this purpose any
Exchange Notes) at a redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest 

  
 A-6

 
thereon to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, provided that (i) Notes (including Exchange Notes) representing at least 65% of
the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued from time to time under the Indenture (including any Notes originally issued after the Issue Date but excluding for this purpose any Exchange Notes) remain outstanding immediately after the
occurrence of each such redemption, and (ii) such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of each such Qualified Equity Offering. 
 (d) The Company may at any time redeem, in whole but not in part, the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption
if it or any Guarantor has become or would become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts in respect of the Notes as a result of (a)(i) any change in or amendment to the laws or treaties (or regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (ii) any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings, which change or amendment is announced and becomes effective on
or after the date of the Indenture (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on a date after the date of the Indenture, such later date); and (b) such obligation cannot be avoided by the Company
or any such Guarantor taking reasonable measures available to it. 
 6. MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. 
 Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be required to make
mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 7. PUT OPTION
OF HOLDER. 
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require
the Company to purchase all or any portion (equal to $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes, pursuant to an offer described in Section 4.15 of the Indenture (a “Change of Control
Offer”), at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any
Change of Control, the Company shall give notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, within 30 days of each date on which the aggregate
amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds €10,000,000, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes
that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in
the Indenture; provided, however, that, if the Company is 

  
 A-7

 
required to apply such Excess Proceeds to purchase, or to offer to purchase, any Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Company shall only be required to offer to purchase the maximum principal amount of
Notes that may be purchased out of the amount of such Excess Proceeds multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of Notes
outstanding plus the aggregate principal amount of Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the amount that the Company is required to
purchase, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount that the Company
is required to purchase, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $200,000, or integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased). Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by
completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
 8.
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at
its registered address. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and for so long as the rules of such exchange require, notices of redemption shall be published once by the Trustee, not less than five Business Days prior
to the redemption date, in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg, which newspaper is expected to be Luxemburger Wort, or if such newspaper ceases to be published or timely publication in it will not be practicable, in such
other newspaper as the Trustee deems necessary to give fair and reasonable notice to the Holders. Notices may also be published on the internet site of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange at http://www.bourse.lu. Notes in denominations larger than
$200,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption. 
 9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in
registered form without coupons in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may
require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register
the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection
of Notes to be redeemed. 
 10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder
of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

  
 A-8

 11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND
WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing Default or
Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the
Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s
obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets, to secure the Notes, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to
the Holders of the Notes or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to add any additional Guarantor or to release any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as provided in the
Indenture, or to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. 
 12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default
in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 30 days after it receives written notice from
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to observe or perform any other covenant or other agreement in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making
of any other payment or distribution described in subclause (y) of Section 4.07(c) of the Indenture, which declaration, payment or distribution would not be permitted by Section 4.07 of the Indenture if it were treated as a Restricted
Payment; (vi) the Company consolidates or merges with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sells, assigns, transfers, leases, conveys, demerges or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its properties
and assets in one or more related transactions, to, another Person, unless the conditions precedent specified in clauses (1) through (5) of Section 6.01(f) of the Indenture have been complied with; (vii) default under any
mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium or interest on such
Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness, including any extension thereof (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess
of €10,000,000, and provided further, that if such default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid within a period of 10 days from the continuation of such default beyond the applicable grace
period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, an Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the 

  
 A-9

 
Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as said rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; (vii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay
final judgments (not covered by insurance) aggregating in excess of €10,000,000, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) failure by any Guarantor to perform any covenant set forth in its
Subsidiary Guarantee, or the repudiation by any Guarantor of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the unenforceability of any Subsidiary Guarantee for any reason other than as provided in the Indenture; and (ix) certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, by notice,
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, all
outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration
and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium, if any, that have become due solely because of such acceleration) have
been cured or waived. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default
and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

13. DEFEASANCE. The Notes are subject to legal and covenant defeasance upon the terms and conditions specified in
Article 8 of the Indenture. 
 14. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY.
The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

 15. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer,
employee, incorporator, member, partner or shareholder or other owner of capital stock of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for the issuance of the Notes. 

  
 A-10

 16. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 17.
ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 18.
ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF ORIGINAL NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the
Indenture, Holders of Original Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the same date as the Indenture, between the Company and the initial purchasers named on the signature page thereof (the
“Registration Rights Agreement”). 
  
 19.
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the
Guarantors. In addition, this Note is entitled to the benefits of the guarantee of each party that subsequent to the date of the Indenture becomes a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Indenture, any such party will unconditionally agree that the principal, interest and premium, if any, on the Notes will be duly and punctually paid in full when due, all as more fully set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture.

 20. COMMON CODES; ISINs; CUSIP NUMBERS. The Company has caused Common
Codes, ISINs and CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use the Common Codes, ISINs and CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 

Compagnie Générale de Géophysique-Veritas 
 Tour Maine—Montparnasse 
 33, avenue de Maine 

75755 Paris cedex 15 
 France 
 Attention: Investors Relations Vice President 

  
 A-11

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to 

                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                            
 (Insert Assignee’s Soc. Sec. or Tax I.D. no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or Type Assignee’s
Name, Address and Zip Code) 

and irrevocably appoint                   
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                              to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
  
  

Date:
                                         
                                         
               

Your Signature:                
                                         
                                         
               
 (Sign exactly as
your name appears on the face of this Note) 

Signature Guarantee:               
                                         
                                         
      

  
 A-12

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGE OF NOTES2 
 The initial principal amount of this Global Note is [ ]. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other Notes have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of Decrease

in Principal Amount
 of This Global Note
	 	 Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount of
 This Global Note
	  	Principal Amount of
This Global 
Note
Following Such
Decrease 
(or
Increase)	  	Signature of
Authorized Officer 
of
Trustee

  

 

	2 	 This should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-13

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box
below: 

 ̈ Section 4.10             
                        ̈ Section 4.15 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $             

							
				
	Date:                	 		 	                        Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the Note)
		 		 		 	

Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:         
                                         
                          
 Signature Guarantee:                             
                                         
                                 

  
 A-14

 EXHIBIT B-1 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST 
 FROM RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR IAI GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S GLOBAL 
 NOTE

 (Pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(i) of the Indenture) 
 The Bank of New York Mellon, 
 as Trustee and Registrar 

Global Corporate Trust 
 101 Barclay Street,
Floor 4E 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Re:
6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2021 of Compagnie
Générale de Géophysique-Veritas 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
May 31, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among Compagnie Générale de Géophysique-Veritas (the “Company”), any guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York
Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 This letter relates to $             principal amount of Notes which are evidenced by one or more (i) Rule 144A Global Notes and
held with the Depository or (ii) IAI Global Notes and held with the Depository, in either case in the name of              (the “Transferor”). The Transferor
has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest in the Notes to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of an equal principal amount of Notes evidenced by one or more Regulation S Global Notes, which amount, immediately after such
transfer, is to be held with the Depository. 
 In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor
hereby certifies that such transfer has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”), and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that: 
  

	 	(1)	The offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

  

	 	(2)	either: 

 (a) at
the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the transferee was outside the United States; or 

(b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
the Transferor nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States; 

  
 B-1-1

	 	(3)	no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S; 

 

	 	(4)	the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Securities Act; and 

 

	 	(5)	upon completion of the transaction, the beneficial interest being transferred as described above is to be held with the Depository through Euroclear or Clearstream or
both. 

 Upon giving effect to this request to exchange a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or IAI
Global Note, as applicable, for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the resulting beneficial interest shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to Regulation S Global Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the
Securities Act and, if such transfer occurs prior to the end of the 40-day compliance distribution period associated with the initial offering of Notes, the beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes shall be held through Euroclear or
Clearstream. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company
and the Guarantors. Terms used in this certificate and not otherwise defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

 

			
	[INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated: 

cc: Compagnie Générale de Géophysique-Veritas 

  
 B-1-2

 EXHIBIT B-2 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST 
 FROM REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO RULE144A GLOBAL NOTE OR IAI GLOBAL 
 NOTE

 (Pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(ii) or (iii) of the Indenture) 
 The Bank of New York Mellon, 
 as Trustee and Registrar 

Global Corporate Trust 
 101 Barclay Street,
Floor 4E 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Re:
6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2021 of Compagnie
Générale de Géophysique-Veritas 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
May 31, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among Compagnie Générale de Géophysique-Veritas (the “Company”), any guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York
Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 This letter relates to $             principal amount of Notes which are evidenced by one or more of the following Notes that are being
held by the Depository: (i) Regulation S Global Notes, (ii) Rule 144 Global Notes, or (iii) IAI Global Notes, in each case in the name of              (the
“Transferor”). The Transferor has requested a transfer of such beneficial interest in the Notes to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of an equal principal amount of Notes evidenced by one or more (i) Rule 144A
Global Notes to be held with the Depository or (ii) IAI Global Notes to be held with the Depository, 
 In connection with
such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ONE] 

 

	 ̈	such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the Notes are being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to
which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A;

 or 
  

	 ̈	such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 

  
 B-2-1

 or 
  

	 ̈	such transfer is being effected pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than one described above, and the Transferor
hereby further certifies that the Notes are being transferred in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and in accordance with the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is, if requested by the
Company or the Registrar, supported by an Opinion of Counsel, provided by the transferor or the transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification) in form reasonably acceptable to the Company and to the Registrar, to the
effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky laws of any state of the United States; 

 and such Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction. 

Upon giving effect to this request to exchange a beneficial interest in Regulation S Global Notes or Rule 144A Global Notes for a
beneficial interest in Rule 144A Global Notes or IAI Global Notes, as applicable, the resulting beneficial interest shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to Rule 144A Global Notes or IAI Global Notes, as applicable, pursuant to
the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the
benefit of the Company and the Guarantors. 
  

			
	[INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated: 

cc:     Compagnie Générale de Géophysique-Veritas 

  
 B-2-2

 EXHIBIT B-3 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER 
 OF DEFINITIVE NOTES 
 (Pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(iii)(b) of the Indenture)

 The Bank of New York Mellon, 
 as
Trustee and Registrar 
 Global Corporate Trust 
 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4E 
 New York, New York 10286 

Re: 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2021 of Compagnie Générale de Géophysique-Veritas 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among Compagnie
Générale de Géophysique-Veritas (the “Company”), any guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms
used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 This relates to
$             principal amount of Notes which are evidenced by one or more Definitive Notes in the name of
             (the “Transferor”). The Transferor has requested an exchange or transfer of such Definitive Note(s) in the form of an equal principal amount of Notes
evidenced by one or more Definitive Notes, to be delivered to the Transferor or, in the case of a transfer of such Notes, to such Person as the Transferor instructs the Trustee. 

In connection with such request and in respect of the Notes surrendered to the Trustee herewith (the “Surrendered
Notes”), the Holder of such Surrendered Notes hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ONE] 

 

	 ̈	the Surrendered Notes are being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer; 

or 
  

	 ̈	the Surrendered Notes are being transferred to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; 

or 
  

	 ̈	 the Surrendered Notes are being transferred pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the Surrendered Notes are being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Surrendered Notes for its own
account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account 

  
 B-3-1

 
is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A; 

or 
  

	 ̈	the Surrendered Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 

or 
  

	 ̈	the Surrendered Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S to a
Person who is an Institutional Accredited Investor and the Transferor further certifies that the transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to Definitive Notes bearing the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f) of the Indenture
and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (a) if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of $250,000 or more, a certificate executed by the transferee in the
form of Exhibit C to the Indenture, or (b) if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, (i) a certificate executed in the form of Exhibit C to the Indenture and (ii) an
Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that (1) such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and (2) such transfer
complies with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States; 

 or 

 

	 ̈	the Surrendered Notes are being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; 

and the Surrendered Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States or any other
applicable jurisdiction. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company and
the Guarantors. 
  

			
	[INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated: 

cc:     Compagnie Générale de Géophysique-Veritas 

  
 B-3-2

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED BY 
 INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS 
 (Pursuant to Section 2.06(a)(ii) or
(iii) or (2.06(b) of the Indenture) 

                    ,
             
 The Bank of New York Mellon, 

as Trustee and Registrar 
 Global Corporate Trust

 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4E 
 New
York, New York 10286 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 We are delivering this letter in connection with our purchase of 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) of Compagnie Générale de Géophysique - Veritas, a société anonyme
incorporated in France (the “Company”). We hereby confirm that: 
 (i) we are an
“accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, as amended (the “Securities Act”) that is an institutional investor acquiring the Notes for
its own account, or an entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an “Institutional Accredited
Investor”); 
 (ii) any purchase of Notes by us will be for our own account or, if we are buying for one
or more institutional accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary or agent and we are not a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) or a savings and loan association or other institution (as defined in
Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act), each such account is an Institutional Accredited Investor; 

(iii) we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits
and risks of purchasing Notes and we, and any accounts for which we are acting, are able to bear the economic risks of its or their investment; 
 (iv) we are not acquiring Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of any State of the United States or any other
applicable jurisdiction; provided, however, that the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary shall remain at all times within our control; and 

(v) we acknowledge that we have had access to such financial and other information, and have been afforded the opportunity
to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase Notes. 

  
 C-1

 We understand that the Notes were offered in a transaction not involving any public offering
within the meaning of the Securities Act and that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and we agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for which we acquire any Notes, that such Notes may be offered, resold,
pledged or otherwise transferred only (i) to a person whom we reasonably believe to be a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, outside the United States in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 under the Securities Act, or in accordance with another exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel if the Company so requests), (ii) to the Company or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement, and, in each case, in accordance with
any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction, and we will, and each subsequent holder of the Notes is required to, notify any subsequent purchaser from us or it of the resale restrictions set
forth in clause (i) above. We acknowledge that the Notes will bear legends substantially to the foregoing effect. We understand that the registrar will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any Notes, except upon presentation
of evidence satisfactory to the Company that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. 
 We acknowledge
that you and the Company will rely upon our confirmations, acknowledgments and agreements set forth herein, and we agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our representations or warranties herein ceases to be accurate and complete.

 THIS LETTER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

 

			
	[INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER]
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		 	Address:

  
 C-2

 EXHIBIT D 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE 
 Subject to Section 10.07 of the Indenture, each Guarantor, has jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee
and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes and the Obligations of the Company under the Notes or under the Indenture, that: (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest
on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on overdue principal of and premium, if any, (to the extent permitted by law)
interest on the Notes and all other payment Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture or under the Notes will be promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the terms thereof; and (b) in case
of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other payment Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable
grace period, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated
to pay the same immediately. An Event of Default under the Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Subsidiary Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors under the Indenture
in the same manner and to the same extent as the Obligations of the Company. The Guarantors have agreed that their Obligations under the Indenture shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the
Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other
circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, has waived diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in
the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete
performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any Note Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar
official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force
and effect. Each Guarantor has agreed that it shall not be entitled to, and hereby has waived, any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed under the Indenture. Each Guarantor further has agreed that,
as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed under the Indenture may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of
its Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as
provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and 

  
 D-1

 
payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of its Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right
does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders
and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees. The terms of
Article 10 of the Indenture are incorporated herein by reference. The Subsidiary Guarantees are subject to release as and to the extent provided in Sections 10.04, 10.05 and 10.06 of the Indenture. 

Each Subsidiary Guarantee is a continuing guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor
and its respective successors and assigns to the extent set forth in the Indenture until full and final payment of all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns
of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred in the Indenture upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such
transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. Each Subsidiary Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 For purposes hereof, each Guarantor’s liability under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be limited in amount as provided in Section 10.07 of the Indenture. 

Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. 

 

			
	[GUARANTORS]
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 D-2

 EXHIBIT E 

 
  
 COMPAGNIE GÉNÉRALE DE GÉOPHYSIQUE—VERITAS 
 and

 the Guarantors named herein 
  

 
  

6 1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
  

DATED AS OF             ,
             
  

 
  

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON 
 Trustee 
  

 
  

 
  

  
 E-1

 This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of
            ,             , is among Compagnie Générale de Géophysique—Veritas, a
société anonyme incorporated in France and registered at the Paris commercial register under number 969 202 241 (the “Company”), each of the parties identified under the caption “Guarantors” on the
signature page hereto (the “Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. 
 RECITALS

 WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee entered into an Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2011 (the
“Indenture”), pursuant to which the Company has originally issued $650,000,000 in principal amount of 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 9.01(f) of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture in order to execute and deliver a guarantee (a “Subsidiary
Guarantee”) to comply with Section 10.02 thereof without the consent of the Holders of the Notes; and 
 WHEREAS,
all acts and things prescribed by the Indenture, by law and by the charter and the bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) of the Company, of the Guarantors and of the Trustee necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument
legally binding on the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms, have been duly done and performed. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, to comply with the provisions of the Indenture and in consideration of the above premises, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate
benefit of the respective Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 

SECTION 1.01. This Supplemental Indenture is supplemental to the Indenture and does and shall be deemed to form
a part of, and shall be construed in connection with and as part of, the Indenture for any and all purposes. 

SECTION 1.02. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective immediately upon its execution and delivery
by each of the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. 
 ARTICLE 2 

From this date, in accordance with Section 10.02 and by executing this Supplemental Indenture and the accompanying notation of
Subsidiary Guarantee (a copy of which is attached hereto), the Guarantors whose signatures appear below are subject to the provisions of the Indenture to the extent provided for in Article 10 thereunder. 

  
 E-2

 ARTICLE 3 
 SECTION 3.01. Except as specifically modified herein, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed (mutatis mutandis) and shall remain in full
force and effect in accordance with their terms with all capitalized terms used herein without definition having the same respective meanings ascribed to them as in the Indenture. 

SECTION 3.02. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no duties, responsibilities or liabilities are
assumed, or shall be construed to be assumed, by the Trustee by reason of this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture is executed and accepted by the Trustee subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture with the
same force and effect as if those terms and conditions were repeated at length herein and made applicable to the Trustee with respect hereto. 
 SECTION 3.03. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE AND ENFORCE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 

SECTION 3.04. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall
be an original, but all of such executed copies together shall represent the same agreement. 
 [NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE]

  
 E-3

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	COMPAGNIE GÉNÉRALE DE GÉOPHYSIQUE - VERITAS
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	[GUARANTORS]
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 E-4Exhibit 4.20

 Exhibit 4.20 
 COMPAGNIE GÉNÉRALE DE GÉOPHYSIQUE-VERITAS 
 AND

 THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 $650,000,000 
 6.500% Senior Notes due 2021 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 Dated as of May 31, 2011 
 CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (EUROPE) LIMITED

 BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP. 
 MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED 
 NATIXIS

 RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC 

 This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered
into as of May 31, 2011 by and among Compagnie Générale de Géophysique-Veritas, a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Republic of France and registered at the Paris Commercial Registry under
Number B 969 202 241 (69B00224), (the “Company”), CGGVeritas Services Holding B.V., CGGVeritas Services (UK) Holding B.V., CGGVeritas Services Holding (U.S.) Inc., CGGVeritas Land (U.S.) Inc., CGGVeritas Services (U.S.) Inc.,
Veritas Investments Inc., Viking Maritime Inc., Veritas Geophysical (Mexico) LLC, Alitheia Resources Inc., CGG Canada Services Ltd., CGG Marine Resources Norge A/S, Sercel, Inc., Sercel Canada Ltd. and Sercel Australia Pty Ltd. and any
subsidiary of the Company that becomes a guarantor of the Notes (as defined below) subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to the terms of the Indenture (as defined below) (each a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the
“Guarantors”), and Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Natixis and RBC Capital Markets, LLC and (each an “Initial
Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), who have agreed to purchase $650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.500% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Initial Notes”) pursuant
to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). 
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated May 25,
2011 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Notes, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the
registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 7(j) of the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture (as defined). 
 The parties hereby agree as follows:

 SECTION 1. 
 DEFINITIONS 
 As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms
shall have the following meanings: 
 Act: The U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

Advice: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof. 
 Affiliate: As defined in Rule 144 under the Act. 
 Broker-Dealer:
Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 
 Closing Date: The date hereof. 

Commission: The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

  
 -1-

 Company: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Consummate: The Registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the
occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping
of the Registered Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same
aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes that were validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. 

Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Exchange Act: The U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Registered Exchange Offer, including the related
Prospectus. 
 Exchange Notes: The Company’s 6.500% Senior Notes due 2021 to be issued pursuant to the Indenture
(a) in the Registered Exchange Offer and (b) as contemplated by Section 6(c)(xii) hereof. 
 Exempt
Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Initial Notes (i) to certain “qualified institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Act and (ii) outside the United
States to certain non-U.S. Persons pursuant to the requirements of Rule 903 under the Act. 
 FINRA: The Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 
 Freely Tradeable: An Initial Note at any time of determination if at such time of
determination (i) it may be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1)(ii) under the Securities Act by a person that is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company and (ii) it does not bear any
restrictive legends relating to the Securities Act. 
 Guarantor: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Holder and Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof. 

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of May 31, 2011, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
National Association, as the Trustee, 

  
 -2-

 
pursuant to which the Notes are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Initial Purchaser and Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Interest Payment Date: Each June 1 and December 1, beginning with December 1, 2011. 
 Notes: The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes. 
 Prospectus: The
prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the time such Registration Statement is declared or becomes effective, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective
amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
 Record Holder: With respect to any
Special Interest Payment Date relating to Notes, each Person who is a Holder of Notes on the record date with respect to the Interest Payment Date on which such Special Interest Payment Date shall occur. 

Registered Exchange Offer: The offer, registered by the Company under the Act pursuant to a Registration Statement, of the
Exchange Notes to the Holders of all outstanding Initial Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in such exchange offer by such Holders. 
 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement and including the related Prospectus. 
 Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4 hereof.

 Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4 hereof. 

Special Interest Payment Date: With respect to the Initial Notes, each Interest Payment Date. 

Subsidiary Guarantees: The joint and several guarantees of the Company’s payment obligations under the Notes by the
Guarantors to the extent required by the terms of the Indenture. 
 TIA: The U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture. 

  
 -3-

 Transfer Restricted Securities: Each (a) Initial Note until (i) the date on
which such Initial Note has been exchanged by a Person other than a Broker-Dealer for an Exchange Note in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) the date on which such Initial Note has been disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration
Statement in a transaction registered thereunder and the purchasers thereof have been issued Exchange Notes or (iii) the date on which such Initial Note is Freely Tradeable and (b) Exchange Note until, following the exchange by a
Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of an Initial Note for an Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is sold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to a
purchaser who receives from such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration or an offering in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 

SECTION 2. 

SECURITIES SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT 
 (a) Initial Notes. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Initial Notes. 
 (b) Holders of Initial Notes. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Initial Notes (each, a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”) whenever such Person owns
Initial Notes of record. 
 SECTION 3. 
 REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER 
 (a) Unless the Registered Exchange Offer shall
not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) below have been complied with), the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission on or before the
120th day after the Closing Date, a Registration Statement under the Act relating to the Exchange Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to
become effective on or before the 180th day after the Closing Date, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration
Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and (C) subject to the proviso in Section 6(c)(xi) hereof, cause all necessary filings in
connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit the Registered Exchange Offer to be Consummated, and
(iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence, and within the time periods contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof Consummate, the Registered Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer Registration

  
 -4-

 
Statement shall be on the appropriate form under the Act permitting registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Initial Notes and permitting resales of the Exchange Notes
held by Broker-Dealers that tendered into the Registered Exchange Offer Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealers acquired for their own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired
directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) as contemplated by Section 3(c) below. 
 (b) The Company and the
Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities
laws to Consummate the Registered Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days. The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Registered Exchange Offer to comply with all
applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best
efforts to cause the Registered Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in any event on or prior to the 210th day after the Closing Date. 

(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of
its Affiliates) may exchange such Initial Notes pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Act in connection with its initial sale of the Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by such Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to
permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Notes held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result
of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best
efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 6(a) and 6(c) below to the extent necessary to ensure that the related Prospectus is
available for resales of Notes acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or

  
 -5-

 
any of its Affiliates), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time,
for a period of one year from the Consummation Date or such shorter period as will terminate when no Initial Notes covered by such Registration Statement are outstanding. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such period in order to facilitate such
resales. 
 SECTION 4. 
 SHELF REGISTRATION 
 (a) Shelf Registration. If
any of the Initial Notes are not Freely Tradeable by the 180th day after the Closing Date and either (i) the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or not permitted to Consummate the Registered Exchange
Offer because the Registered Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) below have been complied with) or (ii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
notifies the Company in writing prior to the 20th Business Day following the Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer that (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange
Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not available
for such resales by such Holder, then the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to: 

(x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act, which may be an amendment to
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) relating to all Transfer Restricted Securities in the case of Section 4(a)(i) or the Transfer Restricted Securities specified in
any notice in the case of Section 4(a)(ii) on or prior to the earliest to occur of (1) the 90th day after the date on which the Company determines that it is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as a result of
Section 4(a)(i) hereof and (2) the 90th day after the date on which the Company receives notice from a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities as contemplated by Section 4(a)(ii) above (such earliest date being the “Shelf
Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and 

(y) cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on or before the 180th day after the Shelf Filing
Deadline. 

  
 -6-

 The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the
Holders thereof entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, until the
earlier of (a) two years following the Closing Date and (b) such earlier date when no Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement remain outstanding. 

Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities that do not give the written notice within the 20 Business Day period set forth above in this
Section 4(a), if required to be given, will no longer have any registration rights pursuant to this Section 4 and will not be entitled to any special interest pursuant to Section 5 hereof in respect of the Company’s obligations
with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the
Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company
in writing, within 10 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. No
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall be entitled to special interest pursuant to Section 5 hereof if such Holder shall have failed to provide all such reasonably requested information within such period. Each Holder as to which any
Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

 SECTION 5. 
 SPECIAL INTEREST 
 If (i) any of the Registration Statements required by this
Agreement to be filed is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) any of such Registration Statements has not been declared effective by the Commission or has not become effective
on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “Effectiveness Target Date”), whether or not the Company and the Guarantors have breached any obligations to use their reasonable best efforts to cause
any such Registration Statement to be declared, or become, effective, (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 210 days of the Closing Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
(iv) subject to Section 6(c)(i) hereof, any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and has been declared, or has become, effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose
without being succeeded within 10 Business 

  
 -7-

 
Days by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared or becomes effective within 10 Business Days of the date of filing of such
post-effective amendment (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Company and the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree to pay special interest to each Holder of Initial
Notes in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Initial Notes held by such Holder for each week or portion thereof that the Registration Default continues with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the
occurrence of such Registration Default. The amount of the special interest shall increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Initial Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults
have been cured, up to a maximum amount of special interest of $.30 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Initial Notes provided that the Company shall in no event be required to pay special interest for more than one Registration Default at any
given time. All accrued special interest shall be paid to Record Holders by the Company on each Special Interest Payment Date following the accrual thereof, in the same manner as provided in the Indenture and the Notes for the payment of interest on
the Notes. The accrual of special interest will cease on the earlier of a) the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Initial Notes and b) the later of (1) two years from the Closing Date and (2) two years from the
latest date on which the Company or any of its Affiliates has resold during the two year period commencing on the Closing Date any of the Initial Notes they had acquired since the Closing Date. 

SECTION 6. 

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES 
 (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the applicable provisions of Section 6(c)
below, shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the sale of Initial Notes being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following
provisions: 
 (i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether the
Registered Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate the Registered
Exchange Offer for such Initial Notes and to permit the resale of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Registered Exchange Offer Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealers acquired for their own account as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. The Company and the Guarantors hereby
agree to use their 

  
 -8-

 
reasonable best efforts to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission
policy. 
 (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Registered Exchange Offer, each Holder of Initial
Notes (including, without limitation, any Holder who is a Broker-Dealer) shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in
the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that, at the time of Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, (A) any Exchange Notes received by such Holder will be acquired in the
ordinary course of its business, (B) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in distribution of the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Act, (C) if the Holder is not a
Broker-Dealer or is a Broker-Dealer but will not receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Initial Notes, neither the Holder nor any such other Person is engaged in or intends to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes,
and (D) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company. If the Holder is a Broker-Dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Initial Notes, it will represent that the Initial Notes to be exchanged for the
Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and will acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.
It is understood that, by acknowledging that it will deliver, and by delivering, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, the Holder is not admitting that it is an “underwriter”
within the meaning of the Act. 
 (iii) Prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the
Company and the Guarantors shall provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the Guarantors are registering the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission enunciated in Exxon
Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above and (B) including a
representation that neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company’s
information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the
Exchange Notes received in the Registered Exchange Offer. 

  
 -9-

 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement, if required, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below and shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities
being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof (as indicated in the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof) and, pursuant thereto, the Company and the Guarantors will prepare
and file with the Commission in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof a Shelf Registration Statement to effect such registration on any appropriate form under the Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted
Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof within the time periods and otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof. 
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Initial Notes (including, without limitation, any
Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Notes by Broker-Dealers as contemplated herein), the Company and the Guarantors shall during the periods specified in Sections 3 and 4 hereof, as applicable: 

(i) use their reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite
financial statements (including, if required by the Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors, if any) for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would
cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading or (B) not to be effective and usable for the resale of Initial Notes during the period required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such
Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use their reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared or become effective and such
Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter; provided, however, if (A) the full Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that
it is in the best interests of the Company not to disclose the existence of or facts surrounding any proposed or pending material corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (B) the Company notifies the Holders,
pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, within two Business Days after such Board of Directors makes such determination, the Company may allow the Shelf Registration Statement to fail to be effective and usable as a result of such
nondisclosure for up to 120 days during the period of effectiveness required by Section 4 hereof, but in no event for a period in excess of 45 consecutive days; 

  
 -10-

 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective
amendments to the Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus
supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to
the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to
the Prospectus; 
 (iii) except in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, advise the
underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Person, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to
any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for
additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the
qualification of the Initial Notes for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, and (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a
material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory
authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Initial Notes under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal
or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 
 (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement,
furnish to each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration
Statement or Prospectus (but excluding any documents incorporated by reference as a result of the Company’s periodic reporting requirements under the Exchange Act), and neither the Company nor any Guarantors shall file any such Registration
Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (excluding all such documents incorporated 

  
 -11-

 
by reference as a result of the Company’s periodic reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) to which a selling Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration
Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object within five Business Days after the receipt thereof. A selling Holder or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to have reasonably objected to such filing if such Registration Statement,
amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains an untrue statement of material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading; 
 (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, promptly following the
filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the selling Holders and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Company’s representatives available
for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request; 

(vi) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, make available at reasonable times for inspection by the selling
Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney or accountant retained by such selling Holders or any of the underwriter(s), all relevant financial and other records and pertinent
corporate documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or
accountant in connection with such Registration Statement subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering (i) shall be coordinated on
behalf of the selling Holders, underwriters, or any representative thereof, by one counsel, who shall be Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities, and (ii) shall not be available for any such Holder who does not agree in writing to hold such information in confidence. 
 (vii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a
supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of
Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the
offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of 

  
 -12-

 
such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective
amendment; 
 (viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, furnish to each selling Holder and each of
the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including
exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 
 (ix) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the
underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company and the Guarantors hereby consent, subject
to Section 6(d) hereof, to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Initial Notes covered by the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; provided that such use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and such offering and sale conforms to the Plan of Distribution set forth in the Prospectus and complies with
the terms of this Agreement and all applicable laws and regulations thereunder; 
 (x) in the event of an
Underwritten Registration, enter into such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement), make such customary representations and warranties, deliver such customary documents and certificates, and take all such other customary actions
in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and the
Guarantors shall: 
 (A) furnish to each underwriter upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:

 (1) a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, signed on behalf of
the Company by two senior officers, one of whom must be its Senior Executive Vice President, Finance and Human Resources, confirming, as of such date, the matters addressed in the officers’ certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6(e) of
the Purchase Agreement with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Shelf Registration Statement; 

  
 -13-

 (2) an opinion or opinions, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors covering the matters referred to in Section 6(c) and (d) of the Purchase Agreement with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Shelf Registration Statement; and

 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated as of the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement,
from the Company’s independent accountants if such comfort letter shall be issuable to the underwriters in accordance with the relevant accounting industry pronouncements, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily
covered in comfort letters to underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and substantially in the form of the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Purchase Agreement; and 

  (B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties and which are
customarily delivered in Underwritten Offerings. 
 (xi) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted
Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such
jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s) may reasonably request and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by
the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would
subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject; 

(xii) issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Notes,
having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes being sold by such Holder, such Exchange Notes to be registered in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Notes, as the case may be; in return, the Initial
Notes held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation; 
 (xiii) in connection with any
sale of Initial Notes that will result in such securities no longer being Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
representing Initial Notes to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Initial Notes to be in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s),

  
 -14-

 
if any, may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Initial Notes made by such underwriter(s); 

(xiv) if any fact or event contemplated by clause (c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Initial Notes, the Prospectus
will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; 
 (xv) provide CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code numbers for all Exchange Notes not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with one or more global
certificates for the Exchange Notes that are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; 

(xvi) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the
FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA; 

(xvii) otherwise use their reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission,
and make generally available to its security holders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for a twelve-month
period commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement; 
 (xviii) cause the Indenture to be
qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Notes to effect such changes to the Indenture as
may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other
forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; and 
 (xix) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15 of the Exchange Act. 

(d) Each Holder agrees by acquisition of an Initial Note that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact
of the kind described in Section 

  
 -15-

 
6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will keep such notice confidential and forthwith discontinue disposition of Initial Notes pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such
Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xiv) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be
resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other
than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Initial Notes that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to
Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xiv) hereof or
shall have received the Advice. 
 SECTION 7. 
 REGISTRATION EXPENSES 
 (a) All expenses incident to the Company’s or
the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and
filing fees and expenses (including filings made by the Initial Purchasers or Holders with the FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules
and regulations of the FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services
and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) below, counsel for the Holders of Initial Notes; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing
Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system, if any; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort
letters required by or incident to such performance). 
 The Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear their internal
expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by
the Company or any Guarantor. The Company shall not be responsible for any other expenses or costs, including but not limited to commissions, fees and discounts of underwriters, brokers, dealers and agents. 

  
 -16-

 (b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (excluding the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors will reimburse the Holders of Initial Notes being tendered in the Registered Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cravath Swaine & Moore LLP or such other
counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Initial Notes for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared; provided that, except in the case of an Underwritten Offering, the fees and
expenses of such counsel to be reimbursed by the Company shall not exceed $25,000. 
 SECTION 8. 

INDEMNIFICATION 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder, (ii) each Initial Purchaser, (iii) each person, if any, who controls any
Holder or an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or Initial
Purchaser or any controlling person (any person referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses,
liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any investigation or
litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,
insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or
Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in any such case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability,
claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on
behalf of the any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have, including under this Agreement. 

(b) Each Holder of Initial Notes agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the Guarantors
and each person, if any, who 

  
 -17-

 
controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and each of their respective officers, directors, employers,
partners, representatives and agents to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such
Holder for use in any Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto; provided, however, that in no case shall any selling Holder be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of proceeds received by such
Holder upon the sale of the Notes giving rise to such indemnification obligation. This indemnity will be in addition to any liability that the Holders may otherwise have, including under this Agreement. 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any
action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the commencement thereof (but the
failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 8 or otherwise except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure). In case any such
action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the
indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume and control the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified
party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall
have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to take charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after
notice of commencement of the action, or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the
indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses of counsel shall be borne by the
indemnifying parties; provided, however, that the indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above shall only be liable for the legal expenses of one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties.
Anything in this subsection to the contrary notwithstanding, an indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim or action effected without its prior written consent; provided that such consent was not unreasonably
withheld. 

  
 -18-

 SECTION 9. 
 CONTRIBUTION 
 In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in
which the indemnification provided for in Section 8 is for any reason held to be unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand, and the Holders on the other hand,
shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnification provision (including any investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid
in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claims asserted, but after deducting in the case of losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses suffered by the Company and the Guarantors any contribution received by the Company and the
Guarantors from Persons, other than a Holder, who may also be liable for contribution, including persons who control the Company and the Guarantors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) to which
the Company, the Guarantors or any Holder may be subject, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on one hand, and each Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the
statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only
the relative fault referred to in clause (i) above but also other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on one hand, and of each Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Guarantors or such Holder and the parties’
relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder of Initial Notes agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant
to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9,
(i) in no case shall any Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Initial Notes giving rise to such obligation exceeds the amount of any damages that
such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 9, (A) each Person, if any, who controls any of the Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of
the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and (B) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of such Holder or any controlling Person shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holders,
and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Guarantors subject in
each case to 

  
 -19-

 
clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 9. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such
party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 9, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the failure to so notify such party or parties shall
not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 9 or otherwise, except to the extent it or they have been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure. No
party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its prior written consent; provided that such written consent was not unreasonably withheld. 

SECTION 10. 

RULE 144A 

The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to
make available, upon request, to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A. 
 SECTION 11.

 PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS 

No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s
Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney,
indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
 SECTION 12. 
 SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS 

The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer
Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Company; provided,
however, that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering. 

  
 -20-

 SECTION 13. 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the
Guarantors shall not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

 (b) [Intentionally omitted.] 
 (c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given
unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Initial Notes; provided, however, that the Company may amend this Agreement to include or exclude a Guarantor as a
party hereto if, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, such Guarantor is required to provide a Subsidiary Guarantee for the Notes or is released from such obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the
provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not
being tendered pursuant to such Registered Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Initial Notes being tendered. 
 (d) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt
requested), telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
 (i) if to a Holder, at the address set
forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and 

(ii) if to the Company or any Guarantor: 

Compagnie Générale de Géophysique-Veritas 

Tour Maine-Montparnasse 
 33, avenue de Maine 
 BP 191 

75755 Paris Cedex 15 
 France 
 Telecopier No.: 33-1-64-47-34-31 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 -21-

 with a copy to: 

Linklaters LLP 
 25, rue de Marignan 
 75008 Paris 

France 
 Telecopier No.: 33-1-43-59-41-96 
 Attention: Luis Roth 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five
Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee
at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (e) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, the successors and assigns of subsequent Holders of Initial Notes; provided, however,
that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Initial Notes from such Holder. 

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 (g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 

(h) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 (i) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in
any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 (j) Consent to Jurisdiction; Submission to Process. Each of the Company and the Guarantors irrevocably submits to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state 

  
 -22-

 
or U.S. Federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each of the Company
and the Guarantors irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have, pursuant to articles 14 and 15 of the French Civil Code or otherwise, to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding
brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in any inconvenient forum. In furtherance of the foregoing, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably designates
and appoints CT Corporation, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011, as the agent of the Company and each of the Guarantors to receive service of all process brought against the Company or any such Guarantor with respect to any such suit,
action or proceeding in any such court in the City and State of New York, such service being hereby acknowledged by the Company and each of the Guarantors to be effective and binding service in every respect. Copies of any such process so served
shall also be given to the Company in accordance with Section 13(d), but the failure of the Company or any Guarantor to receive such copies shall not affect in any way the service of such process as aforesaid. On the Closing Date, the Company
and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Initial Purchasers a consent of CT Corporation agreeing to act hereunder. If for any reason CT Corporation shall resign or otherwise cease to act as such agent, the Company and each of the Guarantors hereby
irrevocably agrees to (A) immediately designate and appoint a new agent reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers to serve in such capacity and, in such event, such new agent shall be deemed to be substituted for CT Corporation for all
purposes hereof and (B) promptly deliver to the Initial Purchasers the written consent (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers) of such new agent agreeing to serve in such capacity. 

Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder to bring proceedings against the Company or any
Guarantor in the courts of any other jurisdiction or to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 
 [Signature
pages to follow] 

  
 -23-

 
			
	The foregoing registration rights agreement is hereby accepted and agreed as of the date first written above:
	
	COMPAGNIE GENERALE DE GEOPHYSIQUE—VERITAS
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer

  

			
	CGGVERITAS SERVICES HOLDING B.V.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	CGGVERITAS SERVICES (UK) HOLDING B.V.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	CGGVERITAS SERVICES HOLDING (U.S.) INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	CGGVERITAS LAND (U.S.) INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	CGG VERITAS SERVICES (U.S.) INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	VERITAS INVESTMENTS INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	VIKING MARITIME INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	VERITAS GEOPHYSICAL (MEXICO) LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	ALITHEIA RESOURCES INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	CGG CANADA SERVICES LTD.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	CGG MARINE RESOURCES NORGE A/S
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	SERCEL, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	SERCEL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  

			
	SERCEL CANADA LTD.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Name:	 	Stéphane-Paul Frydman
	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

  
 -24-

			
	The foregoing registration rights agreement is hereby accepted and agreed as of the date first written above:
	
	CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (EUROPE) LIMITED

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Craig Klaasmeyer
	Name:	 	Craig Klaasmeyer
	Title:	 	Managing Director
		
	By:	 	/s/ M. Castar
	Name:	 	M. Castar
	Title:	 	Managing Director

  

			
	MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Rote
	Name:	 	John M. Rote
	Title:	 	Managing Director

  

			
	BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Jim Turner
	Name:	 	Jim Turner
	Title:	 	Managing Director, Head of Debt Capital Markets

  

			
	NATIXIS

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Aziza Breteau
	Name:	 	Aziza Breteau
	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	/s/ Laurent Lagorsse
	Name:	 	Laurent Lagorsse
	Title:	 	

  

			
	RBC Capital Markets, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Nicholas Daifotis
	Name:	 	Nicholas Daifotis
	Title:	 	Managing Director

  
 -25-

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00194-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00194-of-00352.parquet"}]]